WO2014108286A1 - Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles - Google Patents

Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014108286A1
WO2014108286A1 PCT/EP2013/077083 EP2013077083W WO2014108286A1 WO 2014108286 A1 WO2014108286 A1 WO 2014108286A1 EP 2013077083 W EP2013077083 W EP 2013077083W WO 2014108286 A1 WO2014108286 A1 WO 2014108286A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
compound
cycloalkyl
phenyl
compounds
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2013/077083
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Thomas Zierke
Joachim Gebhardt
Peter Schäfer
Uwe Josef Vogelbacher
Michael Rack
Jan Klaas Lohmann
Original Assignee
Basf Se
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to ES13814101T priority Critical patent/ES2742288T3/en
Priority to US14/759,779 priority patent/US9981931B2/en
Priority to EP17155867.9A priority patent/EP3219707B1/en
Priority to EP13814101.5A priority patent/EP2943476B1/en
Priority to CA2895256A priority patent/CA2895256C/en
Priority to BR122019013926-1A priority patent/BR122019013926B1/en
Priority to BR112015016446-3A priority patent/BR112015016446B1/en
Priority to CN201380069851.5A priority patent/CN104968651A/en
Application filed by Basf Se filed Critical Basf Se
Priority to UAA201507805A priority patent/UA118444C2/en
Priority to PL17155867T priority patent/PL3219707T3/en
Priority to MX2015008927A priority patent/MX2015008927A/en
Priority to EA201500738A priority patent/EA033780B1/en
Publication of WO2014108286A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014108286A1/en
Priority to IL239455A priority patent/IL239455B/en
Priority to US15/805,679 priority patent/US10519122B2/en
Priority to IL269259A priority patent/IL269259B/en
Priority to US16/694,296 priority patent/US10981883B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01N—PRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N43/00—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds
    • A01N43/64—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds having rings with three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • A01N43/647—Triazoles; Hydrogenated triazoles
    • A01N43/653—1,2,4-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-triazoles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D301/00—Preparation of oxiranes
    • C07D301/02—Synthesis of the oxirane ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D249/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D249/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D249/04—1,2,3-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,3-triazoles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D249/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D249/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D249/08—1,2,4-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-triazoles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D303/00—Compounds containing three-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D303/02—Compounds containing oxirane rings
    • C07D303/12—Compounds containing oxirane rings with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by singly or doubly bound oxygen atoms
    • C07D303/18—Compounds containing oxirane rings with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by singly or doubly bound oxygen atoms by etherified hydroxyl radicals
    • C07D303/20—Ethers with hydroxy compounds containing no oxirane rings
    • C07D303/22—Ethers with hydroxy compounds containing no oxirane rings with monohydroxy compounds
    • C07D303/23—Oxiranylmethyl ethers of compounds having one hydroxy group bound to a six-membered aromatic ring, the oxiranylmethyl radical not being further substituted, i.e.
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07B—GENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C07B2200/00—Indexing scheme relating to specific properties of organic compounds
    • C07B2200/13—Crystalline forms, e.g. polymorphs

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a process for providing oxiranes using an aqueous solution of trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate in the presence of a base, and optionally further converting the resulting oxiranes into triazole compounds by reacting the substituted oxiranes with 1 H-1 ,2,4- triazole under basic conditions. Further, the invention relates to a process for providing certain substituted triazoles. Furthermore, the invention relates to an aqueous reagent of trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate and its use for the conversion of oxo-groups into oxiranes.
  • the substituted oxiranes provided by the process according to the present invention are valua- ble intermediate compounds for the synthesis of triazole compounds having pesticidal, in particular fungicidal activity.
  • Triazole compounds that are accessible via an oxirane intermediate are, for example described in WO 2013/010862 (PCT/EP2012/063526), WO 2013/010894
  • PCT/EP2012/065852 and EP 2559688 (EP 1 1 177556.5), that are directed to specific fungicidal substituted 2-[2-halogen-4-phenoxy-phenyl]-1 -[1 ,2,4]triazol-1 -yl-ethanol compounds.
  • WO 2013/007767 is directed to fungicidal substituted 2-[2-halogenalkyl-4- phenoxy-phenyl]-1 -[1 ,2,4]triazol-1 -yl-ethanol compounds, that can also be synthesized via a respective oxirane intermediate compound.
  • a common process for the synthesis of oxiranes from carbonyl compounds such as aldehydes and ketones is the reaction with trimethylsulfonium iodide in the presence of a base (JACS 1965, 87, p 1353ff).
  • This reagent is very expensive and not suitable for industrial scales.
  • An alternative reagent is trimethylsulfonium me- thylsulfate that can be obtained from dimethylsulfide and dimethylsulfate (Heterocycles 8, 1977, p. 397 ff).
  • this reagent (melting point 100 to 104 °C) is very hygroscopic and difficult to handle in solid form (Synth. Communications, 15, 1985, p 753).
  • Synthetic Communications 15, 1985, p. 749ff. generally describes the reaction of trimethylsulfonium methyl sulfate with aldehydes and ketones using 50% NaOH solution.
  • NaOH is used as base for the reac- tion and high amounts of water are used because the base is added as 50% aqueous solution.
  • high excess of base and preferably methylenechloride are used in the process, which is not suitable for an industrial process also because of environmental issues.
  • the reaction of aldehydes is described that are generally more reactive than ketones. NaOH is used as 50% aqueous solution, i.e. high amounts of water are present.
  • DE3733755 is directed to a process for the preparation of 2-(4-chlorophenyl-ethyl)-2-tert-butyl- oxirane from the respective ketone using trimethylsulfonium methylfulfate in the presence of potassium hydroxide, dimethylsulfide and water.
  • the amount of water present in the reaction must be between 1.0 and 1 .5 mole per mole of ketone, otherwise the yields are not high enough. Such restricted amounts of water are, however, not favorable for an industrial process.
  • An object of the present invention was to provide an improved process for the synthesis of oxiranes that are valuable intermediates for the preparation of fungicidal active triazole compounds starting from the respective oxo-group containing compounds. Furthermore, the object underlying the present invention was to optimize the synthesis of triazole active compounds using said oxiranes.
  • one aspect of the present invention is a process for the preparation of compounds
  • R G is optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl and R 1 is as defined below;
  • compound lla is oxirane compound II and compound Ilia is oxo-compound III. Consequently, the present invention particularly relates to a process for the preparation of the compounds II
  • R 1 is selected fromCi-C6-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, C3-C8- cycloalkyl-Ci-C6-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, phenyl-C2-C4-alkenyl or phenyl-C2-C4-alkynyl; wherein the aliphatic moieties of R 1 are not further substituted or do carry one, two, three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R 12a which independently are selected from:
  • R 12a halogen, OH, CN, nitro, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-halocycloalkyl and C1-C4- halogenalkoxy;
  • R 1 wherein the cycloalkyl and/or phenyl moieties of R 1 are not further substituted or do carry one, two, three, four, five or up to the maximum number of identical or different groups R 12b which independently are selected from:
  • R 12b halogen, OH, CN, nitro, Ci-C4-alkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Ci-C4-halogenalkyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, C3-Cs-halocycloalkyl and Ci-C4-halogenalkoxy
  • R 3 is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO2, OH, SH, Ci-C6-alkyl, Ci-C6-alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 -alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 -alkynyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyloxy, NH 2 , NH(Ci-C 4 -alkyl), N(Ci-C 4 -alkyl) 2 , NH(C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkyl), N(C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkyl)2, S(0) P (Ci-C 4 -alkyl),
  • R 3 is unsubstituted or further substituted by one, two, three or four R 3a ; wherein p is 0,1 or 2, and wherein R 3a is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO2, OH, Ci-C4-alkyl, Ci-C4-haloalkyl, C3-C8- cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-halocycloalkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy and Ci-C4-haloalkoxy;
  • R 4 is independently selected from the substituents as defined for R 3 , wherein said R 4 are un- substituted or further substituted by one, two, three or four R 4a , wherein each R 4a is independently selected from the substituents as defined for R 3a ;
  • n 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4;
  • n 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5.
  • R is selected from halogen and (Ci-C2)-haloalkyl, in particular CI, Br, F or CF3, more specifically CI or CF3, and R 1 , R 3 , R 4 and m are as defined and preferably defined herein, and n1 is 0, 1 , 2 or 3.
  • the compounds of formula III are of sub formula IIIA
  • R 1 is Ci-C6-alkyl or Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl and R 4 is F or CI.
  • R 1 is Ci-C6-alkyl, more specifically Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular selected from CH3, C2H5, n-C3H 7 , CH(CH3)2, n-butyl, iso-butyl and tert-butyl, more particularly se- lecetd from CH3, C2H5, CH(CH3)2 and C(CH3)3.
  • R 1 is Cs-Cs- cycloalkyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl, such as C3H5 (cyclopropyl), C4H7 (cyclobutyl), cyclo- pentyl or cyclohexyl.
  • a further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R 1 is C3H5 (cyclopropyl) or C4H7 (cyclobutyl).
  • R 4 is F or CI, in particular CI.
  • R 1 is selected from CH3, CH(CH3)2 and cyclopropyl and R 4 is CI.
  • 1 to 4 equivalents in particular 1 .2 to 3.5 eq, more specifically 1 .5 to 3.3 eq, of water in relation to one equivalent of compound III are used. It may be favorable, if more than 1.5 eq of water, in particular more than 1 .5 eq of water to 4 eq of water, more specifically more than 1 .5 eq to 3.5 eq of water, even more particularly more than 1.5 eq water to 2.5 eq water per mole of compound III. In particular the ratios of 1 .6 to 3.8, more specifically 1.7 to 3.3 eq, more specifically 1 .8 to 2.8 eq or 1.9 to 2.5 of water per mole of compound III may be favorable according to the present invention.
  • the reagent IV is preferably used in an amount of 1 .1 to 2.5, in particular 1 .2 to 2, more specifically 1.3 to 1 .6 equivalents of IV per 1 equivalent (mole) of compound III.
  • the reagent of formula IV can be prepared from dimethylsulfide and dimethylsulfate.
  • reagent IV is prepared in-situ by adding dimethylsulfate to the reaction mixture containing dimethylsulfide. The dimethylsulfide is usually used in excess.
  • reagent IV an aqueous solution of trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate III containing 33 to 37 wt%, preferably 34 to 36 wt%, more specifically 34 to 35.3 wt%, also more specifically 34.3 to 35.9 wt%, of trimethylsulfonium kation.
  • the present invention relates to an aqueous solution of trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate III containing 33 to 37 wt%, preferably 34 to 36 wt%, more specifically 34 to 35.3 wt%, also more specifically 34.3 to 35.9 wt%, of trimethylsulfonium kation.
  • the inventive reagent IV solution contains 33 to 37 wt%, preferably 34 to 36 wt%, more specifically 34 to 35.3 wt%, also more specifically 34.3 to 35.9 wt%, of trimethylsulfonium kation.
  • the amount of trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate in the reagent measured as summation of trimethsulfonium-cation and methylsulfate-anion, is about 80 to 90 wt%, preferably about 83 to 88 wt-%, more specifically about 83 to 86 wt-%.
  • the quantification can be, for example, accomplished by means of quantitative NMR-spectroscopie.
  • the viscosity of the aqueous reagent IV solution of the invention is comparatively low.
  • the in- ventive solutions are stable at room temparture, in particular at 25°C, and can be stored over a longer time.
  • the inventive reagent solution does not crystallize out during storage over a longer time, such as several weeks, e.g. up to 12 weeks, at at temperatures of 10 to 25°C.
  • the reagent can be prepared by adding dimethylsulfate to water and dimethylsulfide.
  • Dimethyl- sulfide is normally used in excess, generally 2 to 8, more preferably 4 to 6, more specifically 4.5 to 5.5, equivalents.
  • aqueous solution of reagent IV preferably 1 .3 to 2.2 eq, more preferably 1 .45 to 2.0 eq, water in relation to the dimethylsulfate are used.
  • the temperature of the reaction mixture when adding the dimethylsulfate is room temperature, in particular 25°C to 40°C.
  • the aqueous reagent separates as the lower phase and can be further used as such.
  • another aspect of the invention is the general use of the inventive aqueous solution of trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate IV for the synthesis of an oxirane from the respective oxo compound, in particular a compound lla from a compounds Ilia, more specifically a compound II from a compound III as defined herein.
  • the reagent IV is added as an aqueous solution of trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate III containing 33 to 37 wt%, preferably 34 to 36 wt%, more specifically 34 to 35.3 wt%, also more specifically 34.3 to 35.9 wt% of trimethylsulfonium kation or any preferred embodiment thereof defined herein.
  • the base used in step (i) according to the invention is preferably selected from KOH and NaOH.
  • KOH is used and specifically, it is used in solid form, preferably as solid pellets, flakes, microprills and/or powder. It is preferred if at least 3 equivalents of base, preferably at least 3.2 eq, more specifically at least 3.4 eq per 1 equivalent of compound III are used. It may be preferred if the amount of base is 3 to 6 eq, more specifically 3 to 5 eq per mole of compound III.
  • the base in particular solid KOH, is used such that the inventive range of water present in the reaction is kept. Then, some of the base is dissolved in the reaction solution and some is still present in solid form during the reaction.
  • dimethylsulfide is also used as solvent in step (i).
  • an additional solvent is used.
  • an aprotic organic solvent is suitable, such as for example diethylether, methyl-tert-butylether, chlo- robenzene, xylene or toluene .
  • the reaction temperature in step (i) is preferably held at a maximum of 50°C, in particular at a maximum of 45, more preferably at a maximum of 40°C.
  • the temperature is at least 30°C. It may be preferred if the temperature is at least 35 °C.
  • the oxiranes of formula II can be prepared in high yields.
  • the yields are at least 60%, more preferably 70 %, even more preferred at least 75%, even more preferred at least 80%.
  • the order of adding the reactants to the reaction mixture is variable.
  • the base is added to the solution of compound III and solvent first and then reagent IV is added.
  • the reagent IV is added first to the solution of compound III and then the base is added.
  • a solution of compound III and the reagent IV are added simultaneously to the base.
  • the base is preferably suspended in sufficient solvent and is stirred during the addition of the reagents.
  • step (i) The oxirane obtained according to the inventive process (step (i)) can be further converted into a triazole of formula I. Consequently, according to a further embodiment of the invention, the process further comprises the following step:
  • step (ii) reacting the oxirane of the formula II resulting from step (i) with 1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole and an inorganic base, resulting in compounds of formula I,
  • step (ii) the oxirane is reacted with 1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole and an inorganic base.
  • the inorganic base used in step (ii) is preferably selected from NaOH, KOH, Na2CC"3 and K2CO3, more specifically from NaOH and KOH. According to one embodiment, NaOH is used. According to a further embodiment, KOH is used.
  • the sodium salt of 1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole as a base is used, wherein said sodium salt is prepared using triazole and a base preferably selected from NaOH, NaH and Na-alcoholates. See also DE 3042302.
  • the amount of base used in step (ii) is preferably equal to or less than 1 eq, in particular less than 1 eq, more preferably equal to or less than 0.8 eq, even more preferably equal to or less than 0.6 equivalents per 1 equivalent of compound II.
  • amounts of base being equal to or less than 0.4 equivalents, in particular equal to or less than 0.2 equivalents, specifically equal to or less than 0.1 eq per 1 equivalent of compound II.
  • at least 0.1 eq, more preferably at least 0.2 equivalents, in particular at least 0.3, more specifically at least 0.4 eq base per 1 equivalent of compound II are used.
  • temperatures of at least 100°C, more preferably at least 1 10 °C, in particular at least 120 °C are favorable. It is also an embodiment to reflux the reaction mixture.
  • the reaction temperature is not higher than 150°C, in particular not higher than 140°C. Specifically, a reaction temperature of 120°C to 140°C is used.
  • the amount of 1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole used in step (ii) generally is at least 1 eq per mole of oxirane II.
  • the 1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole is used in excess in relation to the oxirane II.
  • Preferred are more than 1 eq to 2 eq, more preferably more than 1 eq to 1.8 eq, even more preferred more than 1 eq to 1 .6 eq.
  • the solvent used in step (ii) is preferably selected from dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, N-metylpyrrolidone. Most preferred is dimethylformamide.
  • R 1 iso-propyl
  • compound II more specifically Ma
  • R 3 , R 4 , n and m are defined above.
  • R 3 is CF3 or CI and R 4 is CI.
  • the side product can be repressed or avoided and higher yields can be obtained.
  • one further undesired side product in the synthesis of compounds I that may occur in undesired amounts is the symmetric triazole I" that is formed together with the desired triazole of formula I, sometimes in high excess compared to the desired compound I, leading, consequently, to lower yields of the desired product of formula I.
  • R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , n and m are defined above.
  • la may occur, wherein R 3 is R 3 is CF3 or CI and R 4 is CI and R 1 is as defined and preferably defined herein:
  • reaction conditions of the invention it is possible to reduce the amount of I" in favor of the desired product I. Consequently, according to the inventive process, it is possible to highly improve the yield of the triazole I compared to common prior art processes.
  • reaction product I resulting from step (ii) is crystallized as described according to the invention, the product can be obtained in high yields and purity.
  • the compounds I resulting from step (ii) are crystallized from a suitable solvent such as, for example toluene, an aliphatic alcohol, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate and/or cyclohexane, in particular toluene and/or an aliphatic alcohol.
  • a suitable solvent such as, for example toluene, an aliphatic alcohol, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate and/or cyclohexane, in particular toluene and/or an aliphatic alcohol.
  • the aliphatic alcohol is selected from methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, isobutanol or any mixture thereof.
  • the aliphatic alcohol is selected from methanol and ethanol.
  • the solvent in particular dimethylformide as described above, is firstly evaporated in large part, preferably under reduced pressure.
  • at least 55% of the solvent more preferably at least 60 % of the sovent, more specifically at least 70% of the solvent are removed.
  • the solvent can then be recycled to be used again in the process step (ii), if necessary after it has been further rectificated before.
  • water and the respective suitable solvent such as an ether, for example diethylether, diisopropylether, methyl-tert-butylether (MTBE), methylenechlorid and /or tolulene, in particular toluene, are added.
  • a suitable solvent such as an ether, for example diethylether, diisopropylether, methyl-tert-butylether (MTBE), methylenechlorid and /or tolulene, in particular toluene.
  • MTBE methyl-tert-butylether
  • methylenechlorid methylenechlorid
  • tolulene in particular toluene
  • ethyl acetate can be appropriate as solvent.
  • the product I is then preferably obtained by crystallization directly from the concentrated, e.g. toluene-reaction mixture.
  • solvent e.g. methanol or ethanol (see above) for the crystall
  • seed crystals are added for the crystallization step.
  • the formation ofthe undesired symmetric triazole I" can be reduced to equal or less than 10%, more preferably equal or less than 8%, even more preferably equal or less than 5%, even more preferably equal or less than 2%.
  • the ratio of isolated compound I to I" is at least 20:1 , more preferably at least 30:1 , even more preferably 50:1 , more specifically 70:1 .
  • the ratio of compound I to I" is at least 30:1.
  • step (i) also common methods of further reacting the oxiranes II to end products I can be carried out.
  • the epoxide ring of compounds II may be cleaved by reaction with alcohols R 2 OH preferabl under acidic conditions to result in compounds V:
  • halogenating agents or sulfonating agents such as PBr3, PC mesyl chloride, tosyl chloride or thionyl chloride, to obtain compounds VI wherein LG' is a nucleophilically replaceable leaving group such as halogen, alkyl- sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyloxy and arylsulfonyloxy, preferably chloro, bromo or iodo, particularly pref- erably bromo or alkylsulfonyl.
  • compounds VI are reacted with 1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole to obtain com ounds I as known in the art and/or described above:
  • R 2 is hydrogen, Ci-C6-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl- Ci-C6-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, phenyl-C2-C4-alkenyl or phenyl-C2-C4-alkynyl; wherein the aliphatic moieties of R 2 are not further substituted or do carry one, two, three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R 12a which independently are selected from:
  • R 12a halogen, OH, CN, nitro, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-halocycloalkyl and Ci- C4-halogenalkoxy; wherein the cycloalkyl and/or phenyl moieties of R 2 are not further substituted or do carry one, two, three, four, five or up to the maximum number of identical or different groups R 12b which independently are selected from:
  • R 12b halogen, OH, CN, nitro, Ci-C 4 -alkyl, Ci-C 4 -alkoxy, Ci-C 4 -halogenalkyl, C 3 -C 8 - cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-halocycloalkyl and Ci-C 4 -halogenalkoxy;
  • step (iii) derivatizing the compound of formula I from step (i) under basic conditions with R 2 -LG, wherein LG is a nucleophilically replaceable leaving group;
  • LG represents a nucleophilically replaceable leaving group such as halogen, alkylsulfonyl, alkyl- sulfonyloxy and arylsulfonyloxy, preferably chloro, bromo or iodo, particularly preferably bromo.
  • a base is ues in step (iii) such as for example, NaH.
  • Suitable solvents are for example ethers, in particular cyclic ethers. Possible solvents are for example tetrahydrofuran (THF), 2-methyl-tetrahydrofuran (2-Me-THF), diethyl ether, TBME (tert- butyl methyl ether), CPME (cyclopentyl methyl ether), DME (1 ,2-dimethoxyethane ) and 1 ,4- dioxane. Further solvents that may be suitable are, for example, diisopropyl ether, di-n-butyl ether and/or diglyme. Often, the use of THF or 2-methyl-THF is particularly suitable.
  • any combination of the solvents listed above or any one of the listed ethers with aliphatic hydrocarbons like n-hexane, heptane or aromatic hydrocarbons like toluene or xylenes such as for example any combination of the solvents listed above or any one of the listed ethers with aliphatic hydrocarbons like n-hexane, heptane or aromatic hydrocarbons like toluene or xylenes.
  • the skilled person is familiar with the reaction in step (iii) and may vary the reaction conditions analogously to known syntheses.
  • the invention relates to a process for the preparation of a triazole compound of the formula I
  • step (iiia) derivatizing the compound of formula I from step (iia) under basic conditions with R 2 -LG, wherein LG is a nucleophilically replaceable leaving group;
  • reaction steps (ii) and (iii) are described in detail above and also apply accordingly to this aspect of the invention, namely to the corresponding steps (iia) and (iiia), with the proviso, that it is characteristic here that the inorganic base is used in an amount of less than 1 equivalent of per 1 equivalent of compound II.
  • the oxirane II used in this inventive process can be prepared according to the inventive process described above or may be also provided in analogy to known processes, e.g. by reaction of the respective oxo-group-containing compound III with trimethylsulf(ox)onium halides ((CH3)3S + OHah), preferably trimethylsulfoniumiodide, preferably in the presence of a base such as sodium hydroxide (see also JACS 1965 87 p. 1353).
  • a base such as sodium hydroxide
  • the starting oxo-group containing compounds III for the inventive processes can be synthesized as descibed in the above mentioned literature and patent applications. Generally, the skilled person may obtained by various routes in analogy to prior art processes known (cf. J.Agric.
  • the resulting compounds C are then transformed into Grignard reagents by the reaction with transmetallation reagents such as isopropylmagnesium halides and subsequently reacted with acetyl chloride preferably under anhydrous conditions and preferably in the presence of a catalyst such as CuCI, CuC , AlC , LiCI and mixtures thereof, to obtain acetophenones D.
  • transmetallation reagents such as isopropylmagnesium halides
  • acetyl chloride preferably under anhydrous conditions and preferably in the presence of a catalyst such as CuCI, CuC , AlC , LiCI and mixtures thereof, to obtain acetophenones D.
  • a second process to obtain the precursors is as follows
  • a halo derivative E wherein X 2 is halogen, in particular F, and X 3 is halogen, in particular Br
  • a transmetallation agent such as e.g. isopropylmagnesium bromide
  • an acyl chloride agent R 1 COCI e.g. acetyl chloride
  • a catalyst such as CuCI, CuC , AlC , LiCI and mixtures thereof
  • ketones F are reacted with phenoles A preferably in the presence of a base to ob- tain compounds III wherein R 1 is as defined and preferably defined, respectively, herein.
  • Compounds III may also be obtained in analogy to the first process described for compounds D (preferred conditions for the process step, see above). This is illustrated in the following:
  • hers H can be synthesized by nucleophilic substitution of X group in compound G (Angewandte Chemie, International Edition, 45(35), 5803-5807; 2006, US 20070088015 A1 , Journal of the American Chemical Society, 134(17), 7384-7391 ; 2012 ). Then, a Lewis acid catalyzed addition of an acid halide, preferably will lead to compounds III (Journal of Chemical Research, Synopses, (8), 245; 1992, WO2010096777 A1 ).
  • reaction mixture in any of the reaction steps of the inventive process or the other processes described, is suitable, it can be carried out by procedures known in a general manner to the person skilled in the art.
  • the reaction mixture is extracted with a suitable organic solvent (for example aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylenes) and the residue is, if appropriate, purified by recrystallization and/or chromatography.
  • a suitable organic solvent for example aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylenes
  • C n -C m indicates the number of carbon atoms possible in each case in the substituent or substituent moiety in question.
  • halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
  • Ci-C6-alkyl refers to a straight-chained or branched saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, e.g. methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1 -methylethyl, butyl, 1 -methylpropyl, 2- methylpropyl, 1 ,1 -dimethylethyl, pentyl, 1 -methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl,
  • C2-C4-alkyl refers to a straight-chained or branched alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, such as ethyl, propyl (n-propyl), 1 -methylethyl (iso-propoyl), butyl, 1 -methylpropyl (sec. -butyl), 2-methylpropyl (iso-butyl), 1 ,1 -dimethylethyl (tert. -butyl).
  • Ci-C6-haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group having 1 or 6 carbon atoms as defined above, wherein some or all of the hydrogen atoms in these groups may be replaced by halogen atoms as mentioned above.
  • Examples are "Ci-C2-haloalkyl” groups such as chloromethyl, bro- momethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloro- fluoromethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, 1 -chloroethyl, 1 -bromoethyl, 1 - fluoroethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2-chloro-2-fluoroethyl, 2-chloro- 2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2-dichloro-2-fluoroethyl,
  • C2-C6-alkenyl refers to a straight-chain or branched unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and a double bond in any position.
  • Examples are “C2-C4-alkenyl” groups, such as ethenyl, 1 -propenyl, 2-propenyl (allyl), 1 -methylethenyl, 1 -butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1 -methyl-1 -propenyl, 2-methyl-1 -propenyl, 1 -methyl-2-propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl.
  • C2-C6-alkynyl refers to a straight-chain or branched unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and containing at least one triple bond.
  • Examples are "C2-C4- alkynyl” groups, such as ethynyl, prop-1 -ynyl, prop-2-ynyl (propargyl), but-1 -ynyl, but-2-ynyl, but-3-ynyl , 1 -methyl-prop-2-ynyl .
  • Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl refers to monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon radicals having 3 to 8 carbon ring members, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or cyclooctyl.
  • C3-C8-cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl refers to alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (as defined above), wherein one hydrogen atom of the alkyl radical is replaced by a cycloalkyl radical having 3 to 8 carbon atoms (as defined above).
  • Ci-C6-alkoxy refers to a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which is bonded via an oxygen, at any position in the alkyl group.
  • Examples are “C1-C4- alkoxy” groups, such as methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, 1 -methylethoxy, butoxy, 1 - methyhpropoxy, 2-methylpropoxy or 1 ,1 -dimethylethoxy.
  • Ci-C6-haloalkoxy refers to a Ci-C6-alkoxy radical as defined above, wherein some or all of the hydrogen atoms in these groups may be replaced by halogen atoms as mentioned above.
  • Examples are "Ci-C4-haloalkoxy” groups, such as OCH2F, OCH F2, OCF3, OCH2CI, OCHCI2, OCCI3, chlorofluoromethoxy, dichlorofluoromethoxy, chlorodifluoromethoxy, 2-fluoro- ethoxy, 2-chloroethoxy, 2-bromoethoxy, 2-iodoethoxy, 2,2-difluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 2-chloro-2-fluoroethoxy, 2-chloro-2,2-difluoroethoxy, 2,2-dichloro-2-fluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-tri- chloro-"ethoxy, OC2F5, 2-fluoro
  • 2,3-difluoro-"propoxy 2 chloropropoxy, 3-chloropropoxy, 2,3-dichloropropoxy, 2-bro- mo-'propoxy, 3 bromopropoxy, 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, 3,3,3-trichloropropoxy, OCH2-C2F5, OCF2-C2F5, 1 -fluoromethyl-2-fluoroethoxy, 1 -chloromethyl-2-chloroethoxy, 1 -bromomethyl-2- bromo-'ethoxy, 4-fluorobutoxy, 4-chlorobutoxy, 4-bromobutoxy or nonafluorobutoxy.
  • phenyl-Ci-C6-alkyl refers to alkyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (as defined above), wherein one hydrogen atom of the alkyl radical is replaced by a phenyl radical.
  • phenyl-C2-C6-alkenyl and “phenyl-C2-C6-alkynyl” refer to alkenyl and alkynyl, respectively, wherein one hydrogen atom of the aforementioned radicals is replaced by a phenyl radical.
  • R 1 is hydrogen, Ci-C6-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Cs- Cs-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-Ci-C6-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, phenyl-C2-C4-alkenyl or phenyl-C2-C4-alkynyl, wherein the aliphatic moieties of R 1 may carry one, two, three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groupsR 123 which independently of one an- other are selected from halogen, OH, CN, nitro, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, C3-C8- halocycloalkyl and Ci-C4-halogenalkoxy; and wherein the cycloalkyl and/or phenyl moieties of R 1 may carry
  • R 1 is H.
  • R 1 is selected from Ci-C6-alkyl, C2-C6- alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, C3-Cs-cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, phenyl-C2-C4-alkenyl and phenyl-C2-C4-alkynyl, wherein the R 1 are in each case unsubstituted or are substituted by R 12a and/or R 12b as defined and preferably defined herein. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1.
  • R 1 is Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular Ci-C4-alkyl, such as CH3, C2H5, CH(CH3)2 or C(CH3)3.
  • a further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R 1 is Ci- C6-alkyl, in particular Ci-C4-alkyl, that is substituted by one, two or three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R 12a , as defined and preferably defined herein.
  • R 1 is Ci-C6-haloalkyl, in particular Ci-C4-haloalkyl, more particularly Ci-C2-haloalkyl such as CF3 or CHF2.
  • R 1 is Ci-C4-alkoxy-Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular Ci-C4-alkoxy-Ci-C4-alkyl, such as CH2-OCH3. Further specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1.
  • R 1 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular C3-C6- cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl.
  • a further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R 1 is C3-C8- cycloalkyl-Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, that is substituted by one, two or three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R 12a in the alkyl moiety and/or substituted by one, two, three four or five or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R 12b in the cycloalkyl moiety.
  • R 12a and R 12b are in each case as defined and preferably defined herein. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1.
  • a further embodiment relates to com- pounds, wherein R 1 is C2-C6-alkenyl, in particular C2-C4-alkenyl, that is substituted by one, two or three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R 12a as defined and preferably defined herein.
  • R 1 is C2-C6- haloalkenyl, in particular C2-C4-haloalkenyl.
  • R 1 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-C2-C6-alkenyl or C3-C8-halocycloalkyl-C2-C6-alkenyl, in particular C3-C6- cycloalkyl-C2-C4-alkenyl or C3-C6-halocycloalkyl-C2-C4-alkenyl. Further specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1.
  • R 1 is C2-C6-alkynyl, in particular C2-C4-alkynyl, such as C ⁇ CH, C ⁇ CCH 3 , CH 2 -C ⁇ C-H or CH 2 -C ⁇ C-CH 3 .
  • a further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R 1 is C2-C6-alkynyl, in particular C2-C4-alkynyl, that is substituted by one, two or three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R 12a , as defined and preferably defined herein.
  • R 1 is C2-C6-haloalkynyl, in par- ticular C2-C4-haloalkynyl.
  • R 1 is C3-C8- cycloalkyl-C2-C6-alkynyl or C3-C8-halocycloalkyl-C2-C6-alkynyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl-C2- C4-alkynyl or C3-C6-halocycloalkyl-C2-C4-alkynyl. Further specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1.
  • R 1 is phenyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular phenyl-Ci-C2-alkyl, such as benzyl, wherein the alkyl moiety in each case is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R 12a as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular F and CI, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, and CN, and wherein the phenyl in each case is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R 12b as as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular CI and F, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, C1-C4- alkyl, in particular CH3 or C2H5, and CN. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1.
  • R 1 is phenyl-C2-C4-alkenyl, in particular phenyl-C2-C3- alkenyl, such as phenylethenyl, wherein the alkenyl moiety in each case is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R 12a as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular F and CI, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, and CN, and wherein the phenyl in each case is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R 12b as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular CI and F, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular CH3 or C2H5, and CN.
  • R 1 is phenyl-C2-C4-alkynyl, in particular phenyl-C2-C3-alkynyl
  • R 1 is Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl, such as C3H5 (cyclopropyl), C4H7 (cyclobutyl), cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl.
  • a further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R 1 is Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl, such as C3H5 (cyclopropyl) or C4H7 (cyclobutyl), that is substituted by one, two, three four or five or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R 12b as defined and preferably defined herein.
  • R 1 is Cs-Cs-halocycloalkyl, in particular C3-C6-halocycloalkyl, such as halocyclopropyl, in particular 1-F-cyclopropyl or 1-CI- cyclopropyl.
  • R 1 is Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl-Cs-Cs- cycloalkyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl-C3-C6-cycloalkyl, wherein each of said cycloalkyl- cycloalkyl moieties is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R 12b as defined and preferably defined herein, such as 1 -cyclopropyl-cyclopropyl or 2-cyclopropyl-cyclopropyl. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1.
  • R 1 is phenyl, wherein the phenyl is unsubstituted or carries one, two, three, four or five independently selected R 12b as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular CI and F, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular CH3 or C2H5, and CN. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1 .
  • R 1 is selected from hydrogen, Ci-C6-alkyl, C2-C6- alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl and C3-C6-cycloalkyl, wherein the R 1 are in each case unsubstituted or are substituted by R 12a and/or R 12b as defined and preferably defined herein.
  • the substituents may also have the preferred meanings for the respective substituent as defined above. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1 .
  • R 1 Particularly preferred embodiments of R 1 according to the invention are in Table P1 below, wherein each line of lines P1 -1 to P1 -160 corresponds to one particular embodiment of the invention, wherein P1 -1 to P1 -160 are also in any combination a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • P1-44 CH CHCH 3 P1-86 C ⁇ CCH 2 OCH 3
  • P1-52 CH CCI 2 P1-94 C ⁇ CCH 2 (C 4 H 7 )
  • P1-61 CH CHCH 2 OCF 3 P1-103 CH(CH 3 )-C 3 H 5
  • P1-63 CH CH(C 3 H 5 ) P1-104 CH 2 -C 3 H 5 (CH 2 -cyclopropyl)
  • P1-64 CH CH(C 4 H 7 ) P1-105 1-(CI)-cyclopropyl
  • P1-66 CH CH(1-F-C 3 H 4 ) P1-107 1-(CH 3 )-cyclopropyl
  • R 2 in compounds 1-1 prepared according to the present invention or in precursors thereof is Ci- C6-alkyl, C 2 -C6-alkenyl, C 2 -C6-alkynyl, C 3 -C8-cycloalkyl, C 3 -C8-cycloalkyl-Ci-C6-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-Ci-C 4 -alkyl, phenyl-C 2 -C 4 -alkenyl or phenyl-C 2 -C 4 -alkynyl, wherein the aliphatic groups of R 2 may carry one, two, three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R 12a which independently of one another are selected from halogen, OH, CN, nitro, Ci- C 4 -alkoxy, C 3 -C8-cycloalkyl, C 3 -C8-halocycloalkyl and Ci-C 4 -halogenalkoxy; and wherein the
  • R 2 is selected from Ci-C6-alkyl, C 2 -C6- alkenyl, C 2 -C6-alkynyl, C 3 -C8-cycloalkyl, C 3 -C8-cycloalkyl-Ci-C 4 -alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-Ci-C 4 -alkyl, phenyl-C 2 -C 4 -alkenyl and phenyl-C 2 -C 4 -alkynyl, wherein the R 2 are in each case unsubstituted or are substituted by R 12a and/or R 12b as defined and preferably defined herein. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P2.
  • R 2 is C1-C6- haloalkyl, in particular Ci-C 4 -haloalkyl, more particularly Ci-C 2 -haloalkyl.
  • R 2 is Ci-C 4 -alkoxy-Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular Ci-C 4 -alkoxy-Ci-C 4 - alkyl, such as CH2OCH3 or CH2CH2OCH3.
  • R 2 is hydroxy-Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular hydroxyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, such as CH2CH2OH. Further specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P2
  • R 2 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular C3-C6- cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl.
  • a further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R 2 is C3-C8- cycloalkyl-Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, more particularly C3-C6- cycloalkyl-Ci-C2-alkyl, that is substituted by one, two or three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R 12a in the alkyl moiety and/or substituted by one, two, three four or five or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R 12b in the cycloalkyl moiety.
  • R 12a and R 12b are in each case as defined and preferably defined herein. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P2.
  • a further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R 2 is C2-C6-alkenyl, in particular C2-C4-alkenyl, that is substituted by one, two or three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R 12a as defined and preferably defined herein.
  • R 2 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-C2-C6-alkenyl or C3-C8-halocycloalkyl-C2-C6- alkenyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl-C2-C4-alkenyl or C3-C6-halocycloalkyl-C2-C4-alkenyl.
  • Fur- ther specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P2.
  • R 2 is C2-C6-alkynyl, in particular C2-C4-alkynyl, such as CH2C ⁇ CH or CH2C ⁇ CCH3.
  • a further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R 2 is C2-C6- alkynyl, in particular C2-C4-alkynyl, that is substituted by one, two or three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R 12a , as defined and preferably defined herein.
  • R 2 is C2-C6-haloalkynyl, in particular C2-C4- haloalkynyl.
  • R 2 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-C2-C6- alkynyl or C3-C8-halocycloalkyl-C2-C6-alkynyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl-C2-C4-alkynyl or C3- C6-halocycloalkyl-C2-C4-alkynyl. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P2.
  • R 2 is phenyl-C2-C4-alkenyl, in particular phenyl-C2-C3- alkenyl, such as phenylethenyl, wherein the alkenyl moiety in each case is unsubstituted or car- ries one, two or three R 12a as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular F and CI, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, and CN, and wherein the phenyl in each case is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R 12b as defined and preferably de- fined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular CI and F, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular CH3 or C2H5, and CN.
  • halogen in particular F and CI
  • Ci-C4-alkoxy in particular OCH3, Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular CH3 or C2H
  • R 2 is phenyl-C2-C4-alkynyl, in particular phenyl-C2-C3- alkynyl, such as phenylethinyl, wherein the alkynyl moiety in each case is unsubstituted or car- ries one, two or three R 12a , as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular F and CI, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, and CN, and wherein the phenyl in each case is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R 12b as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular CI and F, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular CH3 or C2H5, and CN.
  • R 12a as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular F and CI, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular O
  • R 2 is Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl, such as C3H5 (cyclopropyl), C4H7 (cyclobutyl), cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl.
  • a further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R 2 is Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl, such as C3H5 (cyclopropyl) or C4H7 (cyclobutyl), that is substituted by one, two, three four or five or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R 12b as defined and preferably de- fined herein.
  • R 2 is Cs-Cs-halocycloalkyl, in particular C3-C6-halocycloalkyl, such as halocyclopropyl, in particular 1 -F-cyclopropyl or 1 -CI- cyclopropyl.
  • R 2 is C3-Cs-cycloalkyl-C3-Cs- cycloalkyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl-C3-C6-cycloalkyl, wherein each of said cycloalkyl- cycloalkyl moieties is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R 12b as defined and preferably defined herein.
  • R 2 is phenyl, wherein the phenyl is unsubstituted or carries one, two, three, four or five independently selected R 12b as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular CI and F, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, Ci-C 4 -alkyl, in particular CH 3 or C 2 H 5 , and CN.
  • R 2 is selected from Ci-C6-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl and C2- C6-alkynyl, wherein the R 2 are in each case unsubstituted or are substituted by R 12a and/or R 12b as defined and preferably defined herein.
  • the substituents may also have the preferred meanings for the respective substituent as defined above. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P2.
  • R 12a are the possible substituents for any aliphatic moiety of R 1 and/or R 2 and can independently be defined for R 1 and R 2 .
  • R 12a according to the invention is independently selected from halogen, OH, CN, nitro, C1-C4- alkoxy, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 -halocycloalkyl and CrC 4 -halogenalkoxy.
  • R 12a is independently selected from halogen, OH, CN, CrC 2 - alkoxy, C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 -halocycloalkyl and CrC 2 -halogenalkoxy.
  • R 12a is independently selected from F, CI, OH, CN, CrC 2 -alkoxy, cyclopropyl, 1 -F-cyclopropyl, 1 -CI- cyclopropyl and CrC 2 -halogenalkoxy.
  • R 12b are the possible substituents for any cycloalkyl and/or phenyl moiety of R 1 and/or R 2 and can independently be defined for R 1 and R 2 .
  • R 12b according to the invention is is independently selected from halogen, OH, CN, nitro, C1-C4- alkyl, CrC 4 -alkoxy, CrC 4 -halogenalkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 -halocycloalkyl and Ci-C 4 - halogenalkoxy.
  • R 12b is independently selected from halogen, CN, nitro, C-i-C 2 - alkyl, CrC 2 -alkoxy, Ci-C 2 -halogenalkyl, C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 -halocycloalkyl and Ci-C 2 - halogenalkoxy.
  • R 12b is independently selected from F, CI, OH, CN, nitro, CH 3 , OCH 3, cyclopropyl, 1 -F-cyclopropyl, 1 -CI-cyclopropyl and halogenmethoxy.
  • R 2 Particularly preferred embodiments of R 2 according to the invention are in Table P2 below, wherein each line of lines P2-1 to P2-87 corresponds to one particular embodiment of the invention, wherein P2-1 to P2-87 are also in any combination a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • n 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4.
  • n 0.
  • n is 1 . According to still a further embodiment, n is 1 or 2.
  • n is 2 or 3. According to one specific embodiment thereof, n is 2, according to a further specific embodiment, n is 3.
  • one R 3 is attached to the 2-position (R 31 ).
  • n 1 , according to a further specific
  • n is 2.
  • one R 3 is attached to the 3-position (R 32 ).
  • n 1 , according to a further specific
  • n is 2.
  • one R 3 is attached to the 5-position (R 34 ).
  • n is 1 , according to a further specific
  • n is 2.
  • n is 1 , 2 or 3 and one R 3 is in 2- or 6-position.
  • two R 3 are attached in 2, 3-position.
  • n is 2, according to a further specific
  • n 3.
  • two R 3 are attached in 2, 5-position.
  • n is 2, according to a further specific
  • n 3.
  • two R 3 are attached in 2, 6-position.
  • n is 2, according to a further specific
  • n is 3. According to a further embodiment of the invention, two R 3 are attached in 3,5-position.
  • n is 2, according to a further specific
  • n 3.
  • R 3 (or R 31 , R 32 , R 34 , R 35 , respectively) that is present in the inventive compounds
  • the following embodiments and preferences apply independently of the meaning of any other R 3 (or R 31 , R 32 , R 33 , R 34 , R 35 , respectively) that may be present in the phenyl ring.
  • R 3 is unsubstituted or further substituted by one, two, three or four R 3a ; wherein R 3a is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO2, OH, Ci-C 4 -alkyl, Ci-C 4 -haloalkyl, Cs-Cs- cycloalkyl, C3-Cs-halocycloalkyl, Ci-C 4 -alkoxy and Ci-C 4 -haloalkoxy.
  • R 3 is independently selected from F, CI, Br, CN , C1-C4- alkyl, Ci-C 4 -haloalkyl, Ci-C 4 -alkoxy, Ci-C 4 -haloalkoxy, S(Ci-C 4 -alkyl), S(0)(Ci-C 4 -alkyl) and S(0) 2 (Ci-C 4 -alkyl).
  • R 3 is halogen, in particular Br, F or CI, more specifically F or CI.
  • R 3 is CN
  • R 3 is Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular Ci-C 4 -alkyl, such as CH 3 .
  • R 3 is Ci-C6-haloalkyl, in particular Ci-C 4 -haloalkyl, such as CF 3 , CHF 2 , CH 2 F, CCI 3 , CHCI2 or CH 2 CI.
  • R 3 is Ci-C6-alkoxy, in particular Ci-C4-alkoxy, more specifically Ci-C2-alkoxy such as OCH3 or OCH2CH3.
  • R 3 is Ci-C6-haloalkoxy, in particular C1-C4- haloalkoxy, more specifically Ci-C 2 -haloalkoxy such as OCF 3 , OCHF 2 , OCH 2 F, OCCI 3 , OCHC or OCH2CI, in particular OCF 3 , OCHF 2 , OCCI 3 or OCHCb.
  • R 3 is C2-C6-alkynyl or C2-C6-haloalkynyl, in particular C2-C 4 -alkynyl or C2-C 4 -haloalkynyl, such as C CH.
  • R 3 is selected from S(Ci-C2-alkyl), S(0)(Ci-C2-alkyl) and S(0) 2 (Ci-C 2 -alkyl), in particular SCH 3 , S(0)(CH 3 ) and S(0) 2 (CH 3 ).
  • R 3a is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO2, OH, Ci-C 4 -alkyl, Ci-C 4 -haloalkyl, C3-C8- cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-halocycloalkyl, Ci-C 4 -alkoxy and Ci-C 4 -halogenalkoxy, in particular selected from halogen, CN, Ci-C2-alkyl, Ci-C2-haloalkyl, C3-C6-cycloalkyl, C3-C6-halocycloalkyl, C1-C2- alkoxy and Ci-C2-halogenalkoxy.
  • R 3a is independently selected from F, CI, CN, OH, CH3, halomethyl, cyclopropyl, halocyclopropyl, OCH3 and halogenmethoxy.
  • R 3 Particularly preferred embodiments of R 3 according to the invention are in Table P3 below, wherein each line of lines P3-1 to P3-16 corresponds to one particular embodiment of the invention, wherein P3-1 to P3-16 are also in any combination with one another a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • these specific embodiments and preferences apply independently of the meaning of any other R 3 that may be present in the phenyl ring:
  • R 4 there can be zero, one, two, three, four or five R 4 present, namely for m is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5.
  • m is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4.
  • m is 0.
  • m is 1 , 2, 3 or 4, in particular 1 , 2 or 3, more specifically 1 or 2. According to one specific embodiment thereof, m is 1 , according to a further specific embodiment, m is 2.
  • m is 2, 3 or 4.
  • m is 3.
  • one R 4 is attached to the para-position (4- position).
  • one R 4 is attached to the meta-position (3- position).
  • one R 4 is attached to the ortho-position (2- position).
  • two R 4 are attached in 2,4-position.
  • two R 4 are attached in 2,3-position.
  • two R 4 are attached in 2,5-position.
  • two R 4 are attached in 2,6-position.
  • two R 4 are attached in 3,4-position.
  • two R 4 are attached in 3,5-position.
  • R 4 are attached in 2,4,6-position.
  • the following embodiments and preferences apply independently of the meaning of any other R 4 that may be present in the phenyl ring.
  • R 4a independently selected R 4a , wherein R 4a is as defined and preferably defined herein.
  • each of R 4 is unsubstituted or further substituted by one, two, three or four independently selected R 4a , wherein R 4a is as defined and preferably defined herein.
  • R 4 is independently selected from F, CI, Br, CN, Ci-C 4 -alkyl, Ci-C 4 -haloalkyl, Ci-C 4 -alkoxy, Ci-C 4 -haloalkoxy, S(Ci-C 4 -alkyl), S(0)(Ci-C 4 -alkyl) and S(0) 2 (Ci- C 4 -alkyl).
  • R 4 is independently selected from halogen, in particular from Br, F and CI, more specifically from F and CI.
  • R 4 is CN
  • R 4 is N0 2 .
  • R 4 is OH.
  • R 4 is SH.
  • R 4 is Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular Ci-C 4 -alkyl, such as CH3.
  • Further appropriate alkyls are ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl and t-butyl.
  • R 4 is Ci-C6-haloalkyl, in particular Ci-C 4 -haloalkyl, such as CF 3 , CHF 2 , CH 2 F, CCI 3 , CHCI 2 or CH 2 CI.
  • R 4 is Ci-C6-alkyl, preferably Ci-C 4 -alkyl, substituted by OH, more preferably CH 2 OH, CH 2 CH 2 OH, CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, CH(CH 3 )CH 2 OH,
  • R 4 is CH 2 CH(CH 3 )OH, CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH.
  • R 4 is CH 2 OH.
  • R 4 is Ci-C6-alkyl, preferably Ci-C 4 -alkyl substituted by CN, more preferably CH 2 CN, CH 2 CH 2 CN, CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CN, CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CN, CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CN, CH 2 CH- 2 CH 2 CH 2 CN.
  • R 4 is CH 2 CH 2 CN.
  • R 4 is CH(CH 3 )CN.
  • R 4 is Ci-C 4 -alkoxy-Ci-C6-alkyl, more preferably Ci-C 4 -alkoxy-Ci-C 4 -alkyl.
  • R 4 is CH 2 OCH 3 .
  • R 4 is CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 .
  • R 4 is CH(CH 3 )OCH 3 .
  • R 4 is CH(CH 3 )OCH 2 CH 3 .
  • R 4 is CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 3 .
  • R 4 is Ci-C 4 -haloalkoxy-Ci-C6- alkyl, more preferably Ci-C 4 -alkoxy-Ci-C 4 -alkyl.
  • R 4 is CH 2 OCF 3 .
  • R 4 is CH 2 CH 2 OCF 3 .
  • R 4 is
  • R 4 is CH 2 CH 2 OCCI 3 .
  • R 4 is Ci-C6-alkoxy, in particular Ci-C 4 -alkoxy, more specifically Ci-C 2 -alkoxy such as OCH 3 or OCH 2 CH 3 .
  • R 4 is Ci-C6-haloalkoxy, in particular C1-C4- haloalkoxy, more specifically Ci-C 2 -haloalkoxy such as OCF 3 , OCHF 2 , OCH 2 F, OCCI 3 , OCHCI 2 or OCH 2 CI, in particular OCF 3 , OCHF 2 , OCCI 3 or OCHCI 2 .
  • R 4 is Ci-C 4 -alkoxy-C 2 -C6-alkenyl, more preferably
  • R 4 is C 3 -C8-cycloalkyl-C 2 -C6- alkenyl, preferably C 3 -C6-cycloalkyl-C 2 -C 4 -alkenyl.
  • R 4 is C 3 -C6-halocycloalkyl-C 2 -C 4 -alkenyl, preferably C 3 -C8-halocycloalkyl-C 2 -C6-alkenyl.
  • R 4 is C 2 -C6-alkynyl or C 2 -C6-haloalkynyl, in particular C 2 -C 4 -alkynyl or C 2 -C 4 -haloalkynyl, such as C ⁇ CH, CH 2 CCH or CH 2 CCCH 3 .
  • R 4 is C 2 -C6-alkynyl, preferably C 2 -C 4 -alkynyl, substituted by OH, more preferably, CCOH, CH 2 CCOH. In a special embodiment R 4 is CCOH. In a further special embodiment R 4 is CH 2 CCOH. According to a further specific embodiment R 4 is Ci-C 4 -alkoxy-C 2 -C6-alkynyl, more preferably Ci-C 4 -alkoxy-C 2 -C 4 -alkynyl. In a special embodiment R 4 is CCOCH 3 . In a further special embodiment R 4 is CH 2 CCOCH 3 .
  • R 4 is Ci-C 4 -haloalkoxy-C 2 -C6-alkynyl, more preferably Ci-C 4 -haloalkoxy- C 2 -C 4 -alkynyl.
  • R 4 is CCOCF 3 .
  • R 4 is CH 2 CCOCF 3 .
  • R 4 is CCOCCI 3 .
  • R 4 is CH 2 CCOCCI 3 .
  • R 4 is C 3 -C8-cycloalkyl-C 2 -C6- alkynyl, preferably C 3 -C6-cycloalkyl-C 2 -C 4 -alkynyl.
  • R 4 is C 3 -C6-halocycloalkyl-C 2 -C 4 -alkynyl, preferably C 3 -C8-halocycloalkyl-C 2 -C6-alkynyl.
  • R 4 is C 3 -C8-cycloalkyl, preferably cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, in particular cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl.
  • R 4 is cyclopropyl.
  • R 4 is cyclobutyl.
  • R 4 is cyclopentyl.
  • R 4 is cyclohexyl.
  • R 4 is C 3 -C8-cycloalkoxy, preferably C 3 -C6-cycloalkoxy. In a special embodiment R 4 is O-cyclopropyl.
  • R 4 is C 3 -C8-halocycloalkyl, more preferably fully or partially halogenated C 3 -C6-cycloalkyl.
  • R 4 is fully or partially halogenated cyclopropyl.
  • R 4 is 1 -CI-cyclopropyl.
  • R 4 is 2-CI-cyclopropyl.
  • R 4 is 1 -F-cyclopropyl.
  • R 4 is 2-F-cyclopropyl.
  • R 4 is fully or partially halo- genated cyclobutyl.
  • R 4 is 1 -CI-cyclobutyl.
  • R 4 is 1 -F-cyclobutyl. In a further special embodiment R 4 is 3,3-CI 2 -cyclobutyl. In a further special embodiment R 4 is 3,3-F 2 -cyclobutyl. According to a specific embodiment R 4 is C 3 - Cs-cycloalkyl substituted by Ci-C4-alkyl, more preferably is C3-C6-cycloalkyl substituted by Ci- C4-alkyl. In a special embodiment R 4 is 1 -CH3-cyclopropyl. According to a specific embodiment R 4 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl substituted by CN, more preferably is C3-C6-cycloalkyl substituted by CN.
  • R 4 is 1 -CN-cyclopropyl.
  • R 4 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-C3-C8-cycloalkyl, preferably C3-C6-cycloalkyl-C3-C6-cycloalkyl.
  • R 4 is cyclopropyl-cyclopropyl.
  • R 4 is 2-cyclopropyl- cyclopropyl.
  • R 4 is Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl-Cs-Cs- halocycloalkyl, preferably C3-C6-cycloalkyl-C3-C6-halocycloalkyl.
  • R 4 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, preferably C3-C6- cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl.
  • R 4 is CH(CH3)(cyclopropyl).
  • R 4 is CH2-(cyclopropyl).
  • R 4 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety can be substituted by one, two, three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R a as defined and preferably herein and the cycloalkyi moiety can be substituted by one, two, three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R b as defined and preferably herein.
  • R 4 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-haloalkyl, C3-C6-cycloalkyl-Ci- C4-haloalkyl. According to a specific embodiment R 4 is C3-C8-halocycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, C3-C6- halocycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl. In a special embodiment R 4 is fully or partially halogenated cyclopro- pyl-Ci-C4-alkyl. In a further special embodiment R 4 is 1 -CI-cyclopropyl-Ci-C4-alkyl. In a further special embodiment R 4 is 1 -F-cyclopropyl-Ci-C4-alkyl.
  • R 4 is NH2.
  • R 4 is NH(Ci-C4-alkyl). According to a specific embodiment R 4 is NH(CH3). According to a specific embodiment R 4 is NH(CH2CH3). According to a specific embodiment R 4 is NH(CH2CH2CH3). According to a specific embodiment R 4 is
  • R 4 is NI-KCI-bCI-bCI-bCHs). According to a specific embodiment R 4 is NH(C(CH 3 ) 3 ).
  • R 4 is N(Ci-C4-alkyl)2. According to a specific embodiment R 4 is N(CH3)2. According to a specific embodiment R 4 is N(CH2CH3)2. According to a specific embodiment R 4 is N(CH2CH 2 CH3)2. According to a specific embodiment R 4 is N(CH(CH 3 )2)2.
  • R 4 is N(CH2CH2CH2CH3)2. According to a specific embodiment R 4 is NH(C(CH 3 ) 3 )2.
  • R 4 is NH(C3-C8-cycloalkyl) preferably NH(C3-C6- cycloalkyl). According to a specific embodiment R 4 is NH(cyclopropyl). According to a specific embodiment R 4 is NH(cyclobutyl). According to a specific embodiment R 4 is NH(cyclopentyl). According to a specific embodiment R 4 is NH(cyclohexyl).
  • R 4 is N(C3-C8-cycloalkyl)2 preferably N(C3-C6- cycloalkyl)2. According to a specific embodiment R 4 is N(cyclopropyl)2. According to a specific embodiment R 4 is N(cyclobutyl)2. According to a specific embodiment R 4 is N(cyclopentyl)2.
  • R 4 is selected from S(Ci-C 2 -alkyl), S(0)(Ci-C 2 -alkyl) and S(0) 2 (Ci-C 2 -alkyl), in particular SCH 3 , S(0)(CH 3 ) and S(0) 2 (CH 3 ).
  • R 4 is selected from S(Ci-C 2 -haloalkyl), S(0)(Ci-C 2 -haloalkyl) and S(0) 2 (Ci-C 2 - haloalkyl), such as S0 2 CF3.
  • R 4 Particularly preferred embodiments of R 4 according to the invention are in Table P4 below, wherein each line of lines P4-1 to P4-16 corresponds to one particular embodiment of the invention, wherein P4-1 to P4-16 are also in any combination with one another a preferred embodi- ment of the present invention.
  • Table P4 below, wherein each line of lines P4-1 to P4-16 corresponds to one particular embodiment of the invention, wherein P4-1 to P4-16 are also in any combination with one another a preferred embodi- ment of the present invention.
  • compounds III. a are used to obtain compounds II. a and, then may be further reacted to compounds la, and optionally further reacted to the respective I- 1 compounds (containing "OR 2 " see above):
  • substituents are as defined and preferably defined above.
  • substituents have the following preferred meanings. There, the specific meanings of the respective substituents are in each case on their own but also in any combination with one another, particular embodiments of the present invention.
  • R 1 is (Ci-C4)-alkyl, (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl or (C2-C4)-alkinyl.
  • R 1 is (C1-C4)- alkyl, (C3)-cycloalkyl or (Cs)-alkinyl.
  • R 1 is CH3.
  • R 1 is C2H5.
  • R 1 is n-(C3H 7 ).
  • R 1 is i-(C3H 7 ).
  • R 1 is C(CH3)3.
  • R 1 is cyclopropyl.
  • R 1 is C ⁇ C-CH3.
  • R 2 is (C1-C3)- alkyl, (C2-C4)-alkenyl or (C2-C4)-alkynyl, in particular hydrogen, (Ci-C3)-alkyl, (C2-C3)-alkenyl or (C2-C4)-alkynyl.
  • R 2 is (Ci-C3)-alkyl.
  • R 2 is CH3.
  • R 2 is C2H5.
  • R 2 is n-(C3H 7 ).
  • R 2 is i-(C3H 7 ).
  • R 2 is CH2C ⁇ CH.
  • R 3 is CI or CF3. In one embodiment R 3 is CI. In the further embodiment, R 3 is CF3.
  • R 4 is is CI or F. In one embodiment R 4 is CI. In the further embodiment R 4 is F.
  • compound .1 2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)pent-3-yn-2-ol; compound .2 1 -[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-1 -cyclopropyl-2-(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 - yl)ethanol;
  • compound .6 1 [2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-2-methoxy-pent-3-ynyl]-1 ,2,4- triazole; compound 7 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)butan-2- ol;
  • compound .20 1 [2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-2-methoxy-propyl]-1 ,2,4-triazole; compound .21 1 -[2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-2-methoxy-butyl]-1 ,2,4-riazole; compound .22 1 -[2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-2-methoxy-pentyl]-1 ,2,4-triazole; compound .23 2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-1 ,1 ,1 -trifluoro-3-(1 ,2,4-triazoM - yl)propan-2-ol;
  • the following compounds IC.1 to IC.7 can advantageously be prepared using the process according to the present invention:
  • Compounds I comprise chiral centers and they are generally obtained in the form of racemates.
  • the R- and S-enantiomers of the compounds can be separated and isolated in pure form with methods known by the skilled person, e.g. by using chiral HPLC.
  • components I can be present in different crystal modifications, which may differ in biological activity.
  • the compounds according to the invention may be present in various crystal modifications. They are likewise provided by the present invention.
  • solvates may occur, in particular from any one of compounds 1.1 to 1.18 that are likewise comprised by the present invention.
  • a further ascpect of the invention is, therefore, a crystalline solvate of compound I, in particular a crystalline solvate with a compounds I selected from 1.1 , 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 1.10, 1.1 1 , 1.12, 1.13, 1.14, 1.15, 1.16, 1.17 and 1.18.
  • the solvate is formed using an aliphatic alocohol as detailed abovem, in particular methanol or ethanol.
  • 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol- 1 -yl)propane-2-ol is a compound of formula I, where R1 is methyl, (R 3 ) n is trifloromethyl, which is located in the meta postion with respect to the phenoxy radical and is (R 4 ) m chlorine, which is located para with respect to the oxygen atom.
  • Form A of compound 1.3 can be characterized by its X-ray powder diffractogram at 25°C using Cu-K a radiation.
  • Said X-ray powder diffractogram shows at least six, in particular at least 8, more particularly at least 10 or 12 and especially all of the fifteen following reflexes, given in the following table 1 as 2 ⁇ values and d-spacings:
  • Table 1 Relevant reflections in the XRPD pattern of crystalline form of Form A of compound 1.3
  • Cu-K a radiation is electromagnetic radiation having maximum intensity at wavelength of 1 .54178 A.
  • a further aspect of the present invention relates to a crystalline form A of 2-[4-(4- chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)propane-2-ol, as described above
  • the crystal form A of compound 1.3 according to the invention is easier to handle than the previously known form of compound 1.3 (known e.g. from PCT/EP2012/063626), since during production form A is obtained in the form of discrete crystals or crystallites having increased particle size in comparison to other forms of compound 1.3. Increased particle size and the compact habit of form A facilitates filtration from mother liquour and allows easer drying of the solid material.
  • pure form A is likely to display increased stability with regard to conversion into another modification.
  • the stability of formulations which con- tain the compound 1.3 in form A is likely higher than the stability of formulations which contain mixtures of different modifications of compound 1.3.
  • the terms "pure form A" should be understood to mean that the proportion of the modification in question, based on the total quantity of compound 1.3, is at least 80 % by weight in particular at least 90 % by weight and especially at least 95 % by weight.
  • a further object of the present invention relates a composi- tion of the compound 1.3 which at least 80 % by weight, in particular at least 90 % by weight or at least 95 % by weight consists of the crystalline form A, based on the total amount of the compound 1.3, contained in the composition.
  • form A of compound 1.3 may be distinguished from the known forms of compound 1.3 by differences in one or more of the following properties: solubility, vapor pressure, dissolu- tion rate, stability against a phase change into a different modification, stability during grinding, suspension stability, optical and mechanical properties, hygroscopicity, crystal form and size, filterability, density, melting point, stability to decomposition, color and even chemical reactivity or biological activity.
  • Form A of compound 1.3 displays a thermogram with a characteristic melting peak in the range from 120 to 135°C.
  • the melting point determined as the onset of the melting peak, typically lies in the range from about 125°C to 126°C.
  • the values quoted here relate to values determined by differential calorimetry (differential scanning calorimetry: DSC, crimped but vented aluminium pans, heating rate 10 K/min, vented with nitrogen 150 ml/min).
  • Form A of compound 1.3 was prepared by example C.1 as described hereinafter, followed by crystallization from a solution of compound 1.3 in an aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, such as toluene.
  • crystallization is achieved by cooling a hot solution of compound 1.3 in the aromatic hydrocarbon solvent.
  • the hot solution has a temperature of at least 60°, e.g. from 70 to 1 10°C.
  • cooling is performed with controlled cooling rate, the cooling rate being in particular from 1 to 20 k/h, in particular from 2 to 10 k/h.
  • Single crystals of form A of compound 1.3 were obtained from slow evaporation of a solution of compound 1.3 in acetoni- trile.
  • the crystallization of form A can be promoted or accelerated by seeding with seed crystals of form A of compound 1.3, for example by adding seed crystals of form 3 before or during the crystallization. If seed crystals are added during the crystallization, the quantity thereof is typically 0.001 to 10 wt.%, often 0.005 to 5 wt.%, in particular 0.01 to 1 wt.% and especially 0.05 to 0.5 wt.%, based on the total amount of compound 1.3 to be crystallized.
  • 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3- methyl-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)butane-2-ol is a compound of formula I , where R 1 is isopropyl, (R 3 ) n is trifloromethyl, which is located in the meta postion with respect to the phenoxy radical and is (R 4 )m chlorine, which is located para with respect to the oxygen atom.
  • Form A of compound 1.5 can be characterized by its X-ray powder diffractogram at 25°C and Cu- K a radiation, which shows at least six, in particular at least 8, more particularly at least 10 or 12 and especially all of the fourteen following reflexes, given as 2 ⁇ values and d-spacings in the following table 3:
  • a further aspect of the present invention relates to a crystalline form A of 2-[4-(4- chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-methyl-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)butane-2-ol, as described above.
  • the crystal form A of compound 1.5 according to the invention is easier to handle than the previously known forms of compound 1.5 (known e.g. from PCT/EP2012/063626), since during production form A is obtained in the form of discrete crystals or crystallites having increased particle size in comparison to other forms of compound 1.5. Increased particle size and the compact habit of form A facilitates filtration from mother liquour and allows easer drying of the solid mate- rial.
  • pure form A is likely to display increased stability with regard to conversion into another modification.
  • the stability of formulations which contain the compound 1.5 in form A is likely higher than the stability of formulations which contain mixtures of different modifications of compound 1.3.
  • the terms "pure form A" should be under- stood to mean that the proportion of the modification in question, based on the total quantity of compound 1.5, is at least 80 % by weight in particular at least 90 % by weight and especially at least 95 % by weight.
  • a further object of the present invention relates a composition of the compound 1.3 which at least 80 % by weight, in particular at least 90 % by weight or at least 95 % by weight consists of the crystalline form A, based on the total amount of the compound 1.5, contained in the composition.
  • form A of compound 1.5 may be distinguished from the known forms of compound 1.5 by differences in one or more of the following properties: solubility, vapor pressure, dissolution rate, stability against a phase change into a different modification, stability during grinding, suspension stability, optical and mechanical properties, hygroscopicity, crystal form and size, filterability, density, melting point, stability to decomposition, color and even chemical reactivity or biological activity.
  • solubility solubility, vapor pressure, dissolution rate, stability against a phase change into a different modification
  • stability during grinding suspension stability
  • optical and mechanical properties hygroscopicity, crystal form and size
  • filterability density, melting point, stability to decomposition, color and even chemical reactivity or biological activity.
  • the unit cell has the space group P2i/n.
  • the characteristic data of the crystal structure of form A (determined at 100 K, Cu-K a radiation) are compiled in the following table 4.
  • Form A of compound 1.5 displays a thermogram with a characteristic melting peak in the range from 109 to 1 16°C.
  • the melting point determined as the onset of the melting peak, typically lies in the range from about 1 14°C to 1 15°C.
  • the values quoted here relate to values determined by differential calorimetry (differential scanning calorimetry: DSC, crimped but vented aluminium pans, heating rate 10 K/min, vented with nitrogen 150 ml/min).
  • Form A of compound 1.5 was prepared by example C.3 as described hereinafter, followed by crystallization from a solution of compound 1.5 in lower alkanol, such as methanol.
  • crystallization is achieved by cooling a hot solution of compound 1.5 in the alkanol.
  • the hot solution has a temperature of at least 50°, e.g. from 50 to 70°C.
  • cooling is performed with controlled cooling rate, the cooling rate being in particular from 1 to 20 k/h, in particular from 2 to 10 k/h.
  • Single crystals of form A of compound 1.5 were obtained by diffusion of heptane into a solution of compound 1.5 in 2-propanol.
  • the crystallization of form A can be promoted or accelerated by seeding with seed crystals of form A of compound 1.5, for example by adding seed crystals of form A before or during the crystallization. If seed crystals are added during the crystallization, the quantity thereof is typically 0.001 to 10 wt.%, often 0.005 to 5 wt.%, in particular 0.01 to 1 wt.% and especially 0.05 to 0.5 wt.%, based on the total amount of compound 1.5 to be crystallized.
  • forms A of compounds 1.3 and 1.5 are suitable as fungicides, i.e. for controlling harmful fungi, in particular for controlling plant pathogenic fungi. However they are superior to these as regards its handling and formula- tion properties.
  • the invention relates to the use of forms A and B of compounds 1.3 and 1.5, respectively for controlling harmful fungi, in particular for controlling plant pathogenic fungi.
  • the invention thus also relates to agrochemical compositions containing the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 or the crystalline form A of compound 1.5, and also one or more auxiliaries, conventionally used for the formulation of plant protection agents, in particular plant protection agents in the form of aqueous suspension concentrates (so-called SC's) or non-aqueous suspension concentrates (so-called OD's), and plant protection agents in the form of powders (so- called WP's) and granules (so-called WG's) dispersible in water.
  • SC's aqueous suspension concentrates
  • OD's non-aqueous suspension concentrates
  • WP's powders
  • WG's granules
  • the invention also relates to a method for controlling harmful fungi, in particular for controlling plant pathogenic fungi, which method comprises treating the fungi or the plants, the soil, seeds or non-living materials with the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 or with the crystalline form A of compound 1.5, preferably as a suitable active substance preparation, is used on plants, their habitat and/or on seeds.
  • the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 as well as the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 and the agrochemical compositions which contain the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 or the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 may be used for combating a broad spectrum of phytopathogenic fungi, including soil-borne fungi, which derive especially from the classes of the Plasmodiopho- romycetes, Peronosporomycetes (syn. Oomycetes), Chytridiomycetes, Zygomycetes, Ascomy- cetes, Basidiomycetes and Deuteromycetes (syn. Fungi imperfecti).
  • Some are systemically ef- fective and they can be used in crop protection as foliar fungicides, fungicides for seed dressing and soil fungicides. Moreover, they are suitable for controlling harmful fungi, which inter alia occur in wood or roots of plants.
  • the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 as well as the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 and the agrochemical compositions which contain the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 or the crystal- line form A of compound 1.5 are particularly important in the control of a multitude of phytopathogenic fungi on various cultivated plants, such as cereals, e. g. wheat, rye, barley, triticale, oats or rice; beet, e. g. sugar beet or fodder beet; fruits, such as pomes, stone fruits or soft fruits, e. g.
  • the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 as well as the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 and the agrochemical compositions which contain the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 or the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 may also be used for protecting plant propagation material against infection with phytopathogenic fungi.
  • plant propagation material is to be understood to denote all the generative parts of the plant such as seeds and vegetative plant material such as cuttings and tubers (e. g. potatoes), which can be used for the multiplication of the plant.
  • the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 as well as the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 and the agrochemical compositions which contain the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 or the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 may also be used for controlling harmful fungi in the protection of stored products or harvest and in the protection of materials.
  • the term "protection of materials” is to be understood to denote the protection of technical and non-living materials, such as adhe- sives, glues, wood, paper and paperboard, textiles, leather, paint dispersions, plastics, colling lubricants, fiber or fabrics, against the infestation and destruction by harmful microorganisms, such as fungi and bacteria. As to the protection of wood and other materials.
  • crystalline form A of compound 1.3 as well as the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 and the agrochemical compositions which contain the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 or the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 can also be used in crops which through breeding including genetic engineering methods are tolerant towards insect or fungal attack. Plants that have been modified by breeding, mutagenesis or genetic engineering, e. g.
  • auxin herbicides such as dicamba or 2,4- D
  • bleacher herbicides such as hydroxylphenylpyruvate dioxygenase (HPPD) inhibitors or phy- toene desaturase (PDS) inhibittors
  • acetolactate synthase (ALS) inhibitors such as sulfonyl ureas or imidazolinones
  • EPSPS enolpyruvylshikimate-3-phosphate synthase
  • GS glutamine synthetase
  • GS glutamine synthetase
  • lipid biosynthesis inhibitors such as acetyl CoA carboxylase (ACCase) inhibi- tors; or oxynil (i.
  • herbicides e. bromoxynil or ioxynil herbicides as a result of conventional methods of breeding or genetic engineering. Furthermore, plants have been made resistant to multiple classes of herbicides through multiple genetic modifications, such as resistance to both glyphosate and glufosinate or to both glyphosate and a herbicide from another class such as ALS inhibitors, HPPD inhibitors, auxin herbicides, or ACCase inhibitors.
  • ALS inhibitors e.g. described in Pest Managem. Sci.
  • cultivated plants have been rendered tolerant to herbicides by conventional methods of breeding (mutagenesis), e. g. Clearfield ® summer rape (Canola, BASF SE, Germany) being tolerant to imidazolinones, e. g.
  • Form A of compound 1.3 or with form A of compound 1.5 and compositions thereof, resepective- ly, may be used for improving the health of a plant.
  • the invention also relates to a method for improving plant health by treating a plant, its propagation material and/or the locus where the plant is growing or is to grow with an effective amount of compounds I and compositions there- of, respectively.
  • plant health is to be understood to denote a condition of the plant and/or its products which is determined by several indicators alone or in combination with each other such as yield (e. g. increased biomass and/or increased content of valuable ingredients), plant vigor (e. g. improved plant growth and/or greener leaves ("greening effect")), quality (e. g. improved content or composition of certain ingredients) and tolerance to abiotic and/or biotic stress.
  • yield e. g. increased biomass and/or increased content of valuable ingredients
  • plant vigor e. g. improved plant growth and/or greener leaves ("greening effect")
  • quality
  • Form A of compound 1.3 or form A of compound 1.5 are employed as such or in form of compositions by treating the fungi or the plants, plant propagation materials, such as seeds, soil, surfaces, materials or rooms to be protected from fungal attack with a fungicidally effective amount of the active substances.
  • the application can be carried out both before and after the infection of the plants, plant propagation materials, such as seeds, soil, surfaces, materials or rooms by the fungi.
  • Plant propagation materials may be treated with form A of compound 1.3 or with form A of compound 1.5 as such or a composition comprising form A of compound 1.3 or form A of compound 1.5 prophylactically either at or before planting or transplanting.
  • the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 as well as the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 and the agrochemical compositions which contain the crystalline forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, can, for example, be used in the form of directly sprayable aqueous solutions, powders, suspensions and also high concentration aqueous, oily or other suspensions, oil suspensions, pastes, dusting agents, scattering agents or granules by spraying, misting, dusting, scat- tering or pouring.
  • the use forms are determined by the use purposes; in each case, they should ensure the finest possible distribution of the active substances according to the invention.
  • the invention also relates to agrochemical compositions comprising an auxiliary and forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5 according to the invention.
  • the agrochemical compositions according to the invention contain either form A of compound 1.3 or form A of compound 1.5.
  • the purity, based on the modification in question is preferably at least 80 wt.%, in particular at least 90 % or at least 95 %, based on the total amount of compound 1.3 or 1.5, respectively. However, the purity, based on the modification in question, may also be as low as 5 % or at least 10 %, based on the total amount of compound 1.3 or 1.5, respectively.
  • the agrochemical compositions according to the invention also contain one or more auxiliaries, which are usual for the formulation of plant protection agents. In such agrochemical compositions, the quantity of active substance, i.e.
  • auxiliaries are liquid carriers, solid carriers or fillers, surfactants, dispersants, emulsifi- ers, wetters, adjuvants, solubilizers, penetration enhancers, protective colloids, adhesion agents, thickeners, humectants, repellents, attractants, feeding stimulants, compatibilizers, bac- tericides, anti-freezing agents, anti-foaming agents, colorants, tackifiers and binders.
  • Solid carriers are for example mineral earths such as silicic acids, silica gels, silicates, talc, kaolin, limestone, lime, chalk, bole, loess, clay, dolomite, diatomaceous earth, calcium and magne- sium sulfate, magnesium oxide, ground plastics, fertilizers such as ammonium sulfate, ammonium phosphate, ammonium nitrate, ureas and plant products such as cereal flour, tree bark, wood and nutshell flour, cellulose powder and other solid carriers.
  • mineral earths such as silicic acids, silica gels, silicates, talc, kaolin, limestone, lime, chalk, bole, loess, clay, dolomite, diatomaceous earth, calcium and magne- sium sulfate, magnesium oxide, ground plastics, fertilizers such as ammonium sulfate, ammonium phosphate, ammonium nitrate, ureas and plant products
  • Liquid carriers, as well as water are also organic liquids, for example mineral oil fractions of medium to high boiling point such as kerosene and diesel oil, also coal tar oils and oils of plant or animal origin, aliphatic, cyclic and aromatic hydrocarbons, for example paraffins, tetrahy- dronaphthalene, alkylated naphthalenes and derivatives thereof, alkylated benzenes and derivatives thereof, including aromatic and non-aromatic hydrocarbon mixtures, for example the products marketed under the trade names Exxsol and Solvesso, alcohols such as propanol, butanol and cyclohexanol.
  • mineral oil fractions of medium to high boiling point such as kerosene and diesel oil
  • coal tar oils and oils of plant or animal origin aliphatic, cyclic and aromatic hydrocarbons, for example paraffins, tetrahy- dronaphthalene, alkylated naphthalenes and derivatives thereof
  • Typical further auxiliaries include surface-active substances, in particular those wetting agents, emulsifiers and dispersant (additives) normally used in plant protection agents, and also viscosity-modifying additives (thickeners and rheology modifiers), antifoaming agents, antifreeze agents, pH adjusting agents, stabilizers, anticaking agents and biocides (preservatives).
  • surface-active substances in particular those wetting agents, emulsifiers and dispersant (additives) normally used in plant protection agents, and also viscosity-modifying additives (thickeners and rheology modifiers), antifoaming agents, antifreeze agents, pH adjusting agents, stabilizers, anticaking agents and biocides (preservatives).
  • Possible surface-active substances are preferably anionic and nonionic surfactants.
  • Protective colloids are also suitable surface-active substances.
  • the quantity of surface-active substances will as a rule be 0.1 to 50 wt.%, in particular 0.5 to 30 wt.%, based on the total weight of the plant protection agents according to the invention, or 0.5 to 100 wt.%, based on the total quantity of solid active substances in the formulation.
  • the surface-active substance include at least one anionic surface-active substance and at least one nonionic surface-active substance, and the proportion of anionic to nonionic surface- active substance typically lies in the range from 10:1 to 1 :10.
  • surfactants may be anionic, cationic, nonionic and amphoteric surfactants, block polymers, polyelectrolytes, and mixtures thereof. Such surfactants can be used as emusifier, dispersant, solubilizer, wetter, penetration enhancer, protective col- loid, or adjuvant. Examples of surfactants are listed in McCutcheon's, Vol.1 : Emulsifiers & Detergents, McCutcheon's Directories, Glen Rock, USA, 2008 (International Ed. or North American Ed.).
  • anionic surfactants include alkyl aryl-sulfonates, aromatic sulfonates, for example ligninsulfonates (Borresperse types, Borregaard), phenylsulfonates, naphthalenesulfonates (Morwet types, Akzo Nobel), dibutylnaphthalenesulfonat.es (Nekal types, BASF), alkyl sulfates, in particular fatty alcohol sulfates, lauryl sulfates, and sulfated hexadeca-, heptadeca- and octa- decanols, alkylsulfonates, alkyl ether sulfates, in particular fatty alcohol (poly)glycol ether sulfates, alkyl aryl ether sulfates, alkyl polyglycol ether phosphates, polyarylphenyl ether phos-
  • Preferred anionic surface-active substances are those which bear at least one sulfonate group and in particular the alkali metal and ammonium salts thereof.
  • non-ionic surface-active substances are alkylphenol alkoxylates, in particular eth- oxylates and ethoxylate-copropoxylates of octylphenol, isooctylphenol, nonylphenol and tribu- tylphenol, di- and tristyrylphenol alkoxylates, alcohol alkoxylates, in particular fatty alcohol eth- oxylates and fatty alcohol ethoxylate-copropoxylates, for example alkoxylated isotridecanol, fatty amine alkoxylates, polyoxyethylene glycerol fatty acid esters, castor oil alkoxylates, fatty acid alkoxylates, fatty acid amide alkoxylates, fatty acid polydiethanolamides, lanolin ethox- ylate
  • Preferred nonionic surface- active substances are fatty alcohol ethoxylates, alkyl polyglycosides, glycerol fatty acid esters, castor oil ethoxylates, fatty acid ethoxylates, fatty acid amide ethoxylates, lanolin ethoxylates, fatty acid polyglycol esters, ethylene oxide propylene oxide block copolymers and mixtures thereof.
  • Suitable cationic surfactants are quaternary surfactants, for example quaternary ammonium compounds with one or two hydrophobic groups, or salts of long-chain primary amines.
  • Suitable amphoteric surfactants are alkylbetains and imidazolines.
  • Suitable block polymers are block polymers of the A-B or A-B-A type comprising blocks of polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide, or of the A-B-C type comprising alkanol, polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide.
  • Suitable polyelectrolytes are polyacids or polybases. Examples of polyacids are alkali salts of polyacrylic acid or polyacid comb polymers. Examples of polybases are polyvinylamines or pol- yethyleneamines.
  • Protective colloids are typically water-soluble, amphiphilic polymers which unlike the aforesaid surfactants typically have molecular weights over 2,000 daltons (number average).
  • examples thereof are proteins and denatured proteins such as casein, polysaccharides such as water- soluble starch derivatives and cellulose derivatives, hydrophobically modified starches and celluloses, for example methylcellulose, and also polycarboxylates such as polyacrylic acid, acrylic acid copolymers and maleic acid copolymers (BASF Sokalan types), polyvinyl alcohol (Mowiol types from Clariant), polyalkoxylates, polyvinylpyrrolidone, vinylpyrrolidone copolymers, polyvi- nyl amines, polyethyleneimines (Lupasol types from BASF) and higher molecular weight poly- alkylene oxides such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene oxides, and polyethylene oxide co- polypropylene oxide di- and tri- block copo
  • the agrochemical compositions according to the invention can also contain one or more additives modifying the viscosity (rheology modifiers). These are understood in particular to mean substances and substance mixtures which impart modified flow behavior to the formulation, for example a high viscosity in the resting state and low viscosity in the moving state. The nature of the rheology modifier is determined by the nature of the formulation.
  • inorganic substances for example layer silicates and organically modified layer silicates such as bentonites or attapulgites (for example Attaclay ® , Engelhardt Co.), and organic substances such as polysaccharides and heteropolysaccharides such as Xanthan Gum ® (Kel- zan ® from Kelco Co.), Rhodopol ® 23 (Rhone Poulenc) or Veegum ® (R.T. Vanderbilt Co.) should be mentioned.
  • the quantity of the viscosity-modifying additives is often 0.1 to 5 wt.%, based on the total weight of the plant protection agent.
  • antifoaming agents examples include the silicone emulsions known for this purpose (Silikon ® SRE, Wacker Co. or Rhodorsil ® from Rhodia Co.), long-chain alcohols, fatty acids and salts thereof, foam suppressants of the aqueous wax dispersion type, solid foam suppressants (so- called Compounds) and organofluorine compounds and mixtures thereof.
  • the quantity of antifoaming agent is typically 0.1 to 1 wt.%, based on the total weight of the plant protection agent.
  • the agrochemical compositions according to the invention may also contain preservatives for stabilization.
  • Suitable preservatives are those based on isothiazol-ones, for example Proxel ® from ICI Co., or Acticide ® from Thor Chemie Co. or Kathon ® MK from Rohm & Hass Co.
  • the quantity of preservative is typically 0.05 to 0.5 wt.%, based on the total weight of the SC.
  • Aqueous agrochemical compositions i.e. those with an a aqueous carrier, often contain antifreeze agents.
  • Suitable antifreeze agents are liquid polyols, for example ethylene glycol, propyl- ene glycol or glycerine, and urea.
  • the quantity of antifreeze agent is as a rule 1 to 20 wt.%, in particular 5 to 10 wt.%, based on the total weight of the aqueous plant protection agent.
  • the agrochemical composition which contain the crystalline forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, are used for seed treatment, they can also contain normal components such as are used for seed treatment, for example in dressing or coating.
  • these include in particular colorants, adhesives, fillers and plasticizers. All the dyes and pigments usual for such purposes are possible as colorants. Both pigments of low solubility in water and also dyes soluble in water are usable here.
  • Solvent Red 1 Pigment Blue 15:4, Pigment Blue 15:3, Pigment Blue 15:2, Pigment Blue 15:1 , Pigment Blue 80, Pigment Yellow 1 , Pigment Yellow 13, Pigment Red 48:2, Pigment Red 48:1 , Pigment Red 57:1 , Pigment Red 53:1 , Pigment Orange 43, Pigment Orange 34, Pigment Orange 5, Pigment Green 36, Pigment Green 7, Pigment White 6, Pigment Brown 25, Basic Violet 10, Basic Violet 49, Acid Red 51 , Acid Red 52, Acid Red 14, Acid Blue 9, Acid Yellow 23, Basic Red 10, Basic Red 10 and Basic Red 108 may be mentioned.
  • the quantity of colorant will normally not consti- tute more than 20 wt.% of the formulation and preferably lies in the range from 0.1 to 15 wt.%, based on the total weight of the agrochemical composition.
  • binders normally usable in dressings come under consideration as adhesives.
  • suitable binders include thermoplastic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl alcohol and tylose and also polyacrylates, polymethacrylates, polybutenes, polyiso- butenes, polystyrene, polyethylene amines, polyethylene amides, the aforesaid protective colloids, polyesters, polyether esters, polyanhydrides, polyester urethanes, polyester amides, thermoplastic polysaccharides, for example cellulose derivatives such as cellulose esters, cellulose ethers, cellulose ether esters, including methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxym ethyl cellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose and starch derivatives and modified starches, dextrins, maltodextrins, alginates and chitosans, and also fats, oils, proteins, including casein
  • the adhesives are preferably plant- compatible, i.e. they exhibit no, or no significant, phytotoxic effects.
  • the adhesives are preferably biodegradable.
  • the adhesive is preferably selected such that it acts as a matrix for the active components of the formulation.
  • the quantity of adhesive will normally not constitute more than 40 wt.% of the formulation and preferably lies in the range from 1 to 40 wt.% and in particular in the range from 5 to 30 wt.%, based on the total weight of the agrochemical composition.
  • the agrochemical composition for seed treatment can also contain inert fillers.
  • inert fillers examples of these are the aforesaid solid carriers, in particular finely divided inorganic materials such as clays, chalk, bentonite, kaolin, talc, perlite, mica, silica gel, diatoma- ceous earth, quartz powder and montmorillonite but also fine-particle organic materials such as wood flour, cereal flour, active charcoal and the like.
  • the quantity of filler is preferably selected such that the total quantity of filler does not exceed 70 wt.%, based on the total weight of all non-volatile components of the formulation. Often, the quantity of filler lies in the range from 1 to 50 wt.%, based on the total weight of all non-volatile components of the agrochemical composi- tion.
  • the agrochemical composition for seed treatment can also contain a plasticizer which increases the flexibility of the coating.
  • plasticizers are oligomeric poly- alkylene glycols, glycerine, dialkyl phthalates, alkylbenzyl phthalates, glycol benzoates and comparable compounds.
  • the quantity of plasticizer in the coating often lies in the range from 0.1 to 20 wt.%, based on the total weight of all non-volatile components of the agrochemical composition.
  • a preferred embodiment of the invention relates to liquid formulations of the forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respecitvely.
  • these have at least one liquid phase, in which form A of compound 1.3 and form A of compound 1.5, respectively, are present in the form of dispersed particles.
  • Possible liquid phases are essentially water and those organic solvents in which the forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, are only slightly soluble, or insoluble, for example those wherein the solubilities of forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, at 25°C and 1013 mbar are not more than 1 wt.%, in particular not more than 0.1 wt.%, and especially not more than 0.01 wt.%.
  • the liquid phase is selected from water and aqueous solvents, i.e. solvent mixtures which in addition to water also contain up to 20 wt.%, preferably however not more than 10 wt.%, based on the total quantity of water and solvent, of one or more organic solvents miscible with water, for example ethers miscible with water such as tetra- hydrofuran, methyl glycol, methyl diglycol, alkanols such as isopropanol or polyols such as glycol, glycerine, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol and the like.
  • solvents miscible with water
  • ethers miscible with water such as tetra- hydrofuran, methyl glycol, methyl diglycol, alkanols such as isopropanol or polyols such as glycol, glycerine, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol and the like.
  • SCs suspension concentrates
  • Such suspension concentrates contain compound 1.3 as form A or compound 1.5 as form A in a particulate form, wherein the particles of the forms A are present suspended in an aqueous phase.
  • the size of the active substance particles i.e. the size which 90 wt.% of the active substance particles do not exceed, here typically lies below 30 ⁇ , in particular below 20 ⁇ .
  • at least 40 wt.% and in particular at least 60 wt.% of the particles have diameters below 2 ⁇ .
  • the quantity of active substance i.e. the total quantity of tembotrione and of other active substances if necessary, usually lies in the range from 5 to 70 wt.%, in particular in the range from 10 to 50 wt.%, based on the total weight of the suspension concentrate.
  • Possible surface-active substances are the previously named surface-active substances.
  • the aqueous plant protection agents according to the invention contain at least one of the previously named anionic surfactants and if necessary one or more nonionic surfactants, if necessary in combination with a protective colloid.
  • the quantity of surface-active substances will as a rule be 1 to 50 wt.%, in particular 2 to 30 wt.%, based on the total weight of the aqueous SCs according to the invention.
  • the surface-active substances include at least one anionic surface-active substance and at least one nonionic surface-active substance, and the proportion of anionic to nonionic surface-active substance typically lies in the range from 10:1 to 1 :10.
  • the aqueous SCs according to the invention can contain buffers for pH regulation.
  • buffers are alkali metal salts of weak inorganic or organic acids, such as for exam- pie phosphoric acid, boric acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, oxalic acid and succinic acid.
  • the liquid phase consists of non-aqueous organic solvents in which the solubility of form A of compound 1.3 and of form A of compound 1.5, re- spectively, at 25°C and 1013 mbar is not more than 1 wt.%, in particular not more than 0.1 wt.%, and especially not more than 0.01 wt.%.
  • the present invention relates also to agents for plant protection in the form of a non-aqueous suspension concentrate, which will also be referred to below as OD (oil- dispersion).
  • Such ODs contain the forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, in particulate form, wherein the particles of forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, are present suspended in a non-aqueous phase.
  • the size of the active substance particles i.e. the size which 90 wt.% of the active substance particles do not exceed, here typically lies below 30 ⁇ , in particular below 20 ⁇ .
  • at least 40 wt.% and in particular at least 60 wt.% of the particles have diameters below 2 ⁇ .
  • the quantity of active substance i.e. the total quantity of compound 1.3 or 1.5 and of other active substances if necessary, usually lies in the range from 10 to 70 wt.%, in particu- lar in the range from 20 to 50 wt.%, based on the total weight of the non-aqueous suspension concentrate.
  • non-aqueous suspension concentrates typically contain surface-active substances, and also if necessary antifoaming agents, agents to modify the rheology and stabilizers (biocides).
  • Possible surface-active substances are preferably the previously named anionic and nonionic surfactants.
  • the quantity of surface-active substances will as a rule be 1 to 30 wt.%, in particular 2 to 20 wt.%, based on the total weight of the non-aqueous SCs according to the invention.
  • the surface-active substances include at least one anionic surface-active substance and at least one nonionic surface-active substance, and the proportion of anionic to nonionic surface-active substance typically lies in the range from 10:1 to 1 :10.
  • Forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, can also be formulated as solid plant protection agents. These include powder, scattering and dusting agents but also water-dispersible powders and granules, for example coated, impregnated and homogenous granules. Such formulations can be produced by mixing or simultaneous grinding of either form A of compound 1.3 or form A of compound 1.5, respectively, with a solid carrier and if necessary other additives, in particular surface-active substances. Granules can be produced by binding of the active substances to solid carriers.
  • Solid carriers are mineral earths such as silicic acids, silica gels, silicates, talc, kaolin, limestone, lime, chalk, bole, loess, clay, dolomite, diatomaceous earth, calcium and magnesium sulfate, magnesium oxide, ground plastics, fertilizers such as ammonium sulfate, ammonium phosphate, ammonium nitrate, ureas and plant products such as cereal flour, tree bark, wood and nutshell flour, cellulose powder or other solid carriers.
  • Solid formulations can also be produced by spray drying, if necessary in the presence of polymeric or inorganic drying aids, and if necessary in the presence of solid carriers. For the production of solid formulations of forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, extrusion processes, fluidized bed granulation, spray granulation and comparable technologies are suitable.
  • Possible surface-active substances are the previously named surfactants and protective colloids.
  • the quantity of surface-active substances will as a rule be 1 to 30 wt.%, in particular 2 to 20 wt.%, based on the total weight of the solid formulation according to the invention.
  • the quantity of active substance i.e. the total quantity of tembotrione and of other active substances if necessary, usually lies in the range from 10 to 70 wt.%, in particular in the range from 20 to 50 wt.%, based on the total weight of the solid formulation.
  • Aqueous suspension concentrate 10 parts by weight of forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, are formulated as an aqueous suspension concentrate in a solution of 17 parts by weight of a poly( ethylene glycol)(propylene glycol) block copolymer, 2 parts by weight of a phenolsulfonic acid formaldehyde condensate and about 1 part by weight of other additives (thickeners, foam suppressants) in a mixture of 7 parts by weight of propylene glycol and 63 parts by weight of water.
  • 50 parts by weight of forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, are finely ground with the addition of 50 parts by weight of dispersants and wetting agents and formulated as water-dispersible or water-soluble granules by means of industrial devices (for example extrusion, spray tower, fluidized bed). On dilution in water, a stable dispersion or solution of the respective form A is obtained.
  • the formulation has an active substance content of 50 wt.%.
  • forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, or the agrochemical composition containing them is effected, if the formulation is not already ready for use, in the form of aqueous spray fluids.
  • aqueous spray fluids These are prepared by dilution of the aforesaid compositions containing forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, with water.
  • the spray fluids can also contain other components in dissolved, emulsified or suspended form, for example fertilizers, active substances of other herbicidal or growth-regulating active substance groups, other active substances, for example active substances for combating animal pests or phyto-pathogenic fungi or bac- teria, and also mineral salts which are used for the elimination of nutritional and trace element deficiencies, and non-phytotoxic oils and oil concentrates.
  • these components are added to the spray fluid before, during or after the dilution of the formulations according to the invention.
  • the user applies the composition according to the invention usually from a predosage device, a knapsack sprayer, a spray tank, a spray plane, or an irrigation system.
  • the agrochemical composition is made up with water, buffer, and/or further auxiliaries to the desired application concentration and the ready-to-use spray liquor or the agrochemical composition according to the invention is thus obtained.
  • 20 to 2000 liters, preferably 50 to 400 liters, of the ready-to-use spray liquor are applied per hectare of agricultural useful area.
  • the amounts of compounds 1.3 or 1.5 applied are, depending on the kind of effect desired, from 0.001 to 2 kg per ha, preferably from 0.005 to 2 kg per ha, more preferably from 0.05 to 0.9 kg per ha, and in particular from 0.1 to 0.75 kg per ha.
  • amounts of compounds 1.3 or 1.5 of from 0.1 to 1000 g, preferably from 1 to 1000 g, more preferably from 1 to 100 g and most preferably from 5 to 100 g, per 100 kilogram of plant prop- agation material (preferably seeds) are generally required.
  • the amounts of compounds 1.3 or 1.5 applied depends on the kind of application area and on the desired effect. Amounts customarily applied in the protection of materials are 0.001 g to 2 kg, preferably 0.005 g to 1 kg, of active substance per cubic meter of treated material.
  • oils, wetters, adjuvants, fertilizer, or micronutrients, and further pesticides may be added to the active substances or the compositions comprising them as premix or, if appropriate not until immediately prior to use (tank mix).
  • pesticides e.g. herbicides, insecticides, fungicides, growth regulators, safeners, biopesticides
  • These agents can be admixed with the compositions according to the invention in a weight ratio of 1 :100 to 100:1 , preferably 1 :10 to 10:1.
  • Figure 1 shows an X-ray powder diffraction diagram of form A of compound 1.3.
  • Figure 2 shows an X-ray powder diffraction diagram of form A of compound 1.5.
  • the recorded 2 ⁇ valuese were used to calculate the d values.
  • the intensity of the peaks (linear intensity counts) is plotted versus 2 ⁇ angel (x axis in °2 ⁇ ).
  • the water content of the solution was measure by means of Karl-Fischer-titration and was 1 1.3 wt-%.
  • the content of trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate was quantified to be 85.3 wt-%; (SMe3) + : 35 wt-% (quant. -NMR in D2O, di-Na-salt of fumaric acid as internal standard).
  • the viscosity of the solution at 25°C was 18.3 mPa * s.
  • the water content of the solution was measure by means of Karl-Fischer-titration and was 14.9 wt-%.
  • the content of trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate was quantified to be 83.2 wt-%; (SMe3) + : 34 wt-% (quant. -NMR in D2O, di-Na-salt of fumaric acid as internal standard).
  • the viscosity of the solution at 25°C was 12.5 mPa * s.
  • the water content of the solution was measure by means of Karl-Fischer-titration and was 1 1.2 wt-%.
  • the content of trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate was quantified to be 84.5 wt-%; (SMe3) + : 34.8 wt-% (quant. -NMR in D2O, di-Na-salt of fumaric acid as internal standard).
  • the water content of the solution was measured by means of Karl-Fischer-titration and was 6.5 wt-%.
  • the content of trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate was quantified to be 89.6 wt-%; (SMe3) + : 37,2 wt-% (quant. -NMR in D2O, di-Na-salt of fumaric acid as internal standard).
  • the viscosity of the solution at 30°C was 35.1 mPa * s.
  • the solution was not stable at 25°C. Long specular crystals were formed.
  • a sample of the raw product was analyzed by menas of NMR spectroscopy.
  • Example C1 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)propan- 2-ol (compound 1.3)
  • Example C2 1 -[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -cyclopropyl-2-(1 ,2,4- triazol-1 -yl)ethanol
  • Example C2a crystallization of 1 -[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 - cyclopropyl-2-(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)ethanol
  • the mixture was cooled to 0 °C with a rate of 2,5°K/min 5 h and stirred for at 0°C for 4 days.
  • the suspension of solids was easily stirrable and was separated by suction filtration and washed 1 time with 39 g ethanole of a temperature of 0°C.
  • the solid compound was dried at 60°C/10 mbar.
  • Example C3 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-methyl-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 - yl)butan-2-ol (compound 1.5)
  • Example C4 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-methyl-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 - yl)butan-2-ol (compound 1.5)

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Dentistry (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Plant Pathology (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Agronomy & Crop Science (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Pest Control & Pesticides (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Environmental Sciences (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Epoxy Compounds (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Agricultural Chemicals And Associated Chemicals (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to a process for the preparation of the compounds (II) from the respective oxo compounds. Furthermore, he invention relates to a process for the preparation of triazole compounds from oxiranes II.

Description

Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles
Description
The present invention relates to a process for providing oxiranes using an aqueous solution of trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate in the presence of a base, and optionally further converting the resulting oxiranes into triazole compounds by reacting the substituted oxiranes with 1 H-1 ,2,4- triazole under basic conditions. Further, the invention relates to a process for providing certain substituted triazoles. Furthermore, the invention relates to an aqueous reagent of trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate and its use for the conversion of oxo-groups into oxiranes.
The substituted oxiranes provided by the process according to the present invention are valua- ble intermediate compounds for the synthesis of triazole compounds having pesticidal, in particular fungicidal activity. Triazole compounds that are accessible via an oxirane intermediate are, for example described in WO 2013/010862 (PCT/EP2012/063526), WO 2013/010894
(PCT/EP2012/063635), WO 2013/010885 (PCT/EP2012/063620), WO 2013/024076
(PCT/EP2012/065835), WO 2013/024075 (PCT/EP2012/065834), WO 2013/024082
(PCT/EP2012/065850), WO 2013/024077 (PCT/EP2012/065836), WO 2013/024081
(PCT/EP2012/065848), WO 2013/024080 (PCT/EP2012/065847), WO 2013/024083
(PCT/EP2012/065852) and EP 2559688 (EP 1 1 177556.5), that are directed to specific fungicidal substituted 2-[2-halogen-4-phenoxy-phenyl]-1 -[1 ,2,4]triazol-1 -yl-ethanol compounds. WO 2013/007767 (PCT/EP2012/063626) is directed to fungicidal substituted 2-[2-halogenalkyl-4- phenoxy-phenyl]-1 -[1 ,2,4]triazol-1 -yl-ethanol compounds, that can also be synthesized via a respective oxirane intermediate compound. A common process for the synthesis of oxiranes from carbonyl compounds such as aldehydes and ketones is the reaction with trimethylsulfonium iodide in the presence of a base (JACS 1965, 87, p 1353ff). This reagent is very expensive and not suitable for industrial scales. An alternative reagent is trimethylsulfonium me- thylsulfate that can be obtained from dimethylsulfide and dimethylsulfate (Heterocycles 8, 1977, p. 397 ff). However, this reagent (melting point 100 to 104 °C) is very hygroscopic and difficult to handle in solid form (Synth. Communications, 15, 1985, p 753). For example an exact dosage of said reagent is only possible under the exclusion of atmospheric humidity. In J. Agric. Food Chem. 2009, 57, 4854-4860 certain 2-arylphenyl-ether-3-(1 H-1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)propan-2-ol de- rivatives are synthesized via an oxirane.
Synthetic Communications 15, 1985, p. 749ff. generally describes the reaction of trimethylsulfonium methyl sulfate with aldehydes and ketones using 50% NaOH solution. However, not with every ketone or aldehyde, satisfying yields can be achieved, in particular, aldehydes that are more reactive are reacted. According to this document, NaOH is used as base for the reac- tion and high amounts of water are used because the base is added as 50% aqueous solution. Furthermore, high excess of base and preferably methylenechloride are used in the process, which is not suitable for an industrial process also because of environmental issues.
A.A. Afonkin et al. In the Russian Journal of Organic Chemistry, vol. 44, no. 12, 2008, pp 1776 to 1779, is directed to the synthesis of some electron-rich aryl (heteroaryl) oxiranes under phase-transfer and homogenous conditions using trimethylsulfonium methyl sulfate as reagent. In this reference, the reaction of aldehydes is described that are generally more reactive than ketones. NaOH is used as 50% aqueous solution, i.e. high amounts of water are present.
DE3733755 is directed to a process for the preparation of 2-(4-chlorophenyl-ethyl)-2-tert-butyl- oxirane from the respective ketone using trimethylsulfonium methylfulfate in the presence of potassium hydroxide, dimethylsulfide and water. According to this document, the amount of water present in the reaction must be between 1.0 and 1 .5 mole per mole of ketone, otherwise the yields are not high enough. Such restricted amounts of water are, however, not favorable for an industrial process.
Consequently, the methods known from the literature are sometimes not suitable for the efficient synthesis of substituted oxiranes because the yield is not sufficient and/or the reaction conditions and parameters such as water content and/or the proportion of the reactants and ingredients to each other are not suitable for an upscale to industrially relevant amounts. Inter alia because some oxiranes are valuable intermediates for the synthesis of triazole compounds with promising fungicidally activity, there is an ongoing need for improved processes that easily make such intermediates and compounds available.
An object of the present invention was to provide an improved process for the synthesis of oxiranes that are valuable intermediates for the preparation of fungicidal active triazole compounds starting from the respective oxo-group containing compounds. Furthermore, the object underlying the present invention was to optimize the synthesis of triazole active compounds using said oxiranes.
It has now surprisingly been found a highly efficient synthesis for the conversion of specific oxo- group containing compounds into oxiranes that are useful as intermediates in the synthesis of certain pesticidal triazole compounds.
Accordingly, one aspect of the present invention is a process for the preparation of compounds
Ila
Figure imgf000003_0001
wherein RG is optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl and R1 is as defined below;
comprising the following step:
(i) reacting an oxo compound of the formula Ilia
Figure imgf000003_0002
with trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate of the formula IV
Figure imgf000003_0003
in aqueous solution in the presence of a base. In particular, in the inventive process, compound lla is oxirane compound II and compound Ilia is oxo-compound III. Consequently, the present invention particularly relates to a process for the preparation of the compounds II
comprising the following step:
(i) reacting an oxo compound of the formula III
Figure imgf000004_0002
with trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate of the formula IV
Figure imgf000004_0003
in aqueous solution in the presence of KOH, wherein 1 to 4, preferably more than 1 .5 equivalents to 4 equivalents of water in relation to one equivalent of compound III are used, wherein the variables R1, R3, R4, n and m are defined as follows:
R1 is selected fromCi-C6-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, C3-C8- cycloalkyl-Ci-C6-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, phenyl-C2-C4-alkenyl or phenyl-C2-C4-alkynyl; wherein the aliphatic moieties of R1 are not further substituted or do carry one, two, three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R12a which independently are selected from:
R12a halogen, OH, CN, nitro, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-halocycloalkyl and C1-C4- halogenalkoxy;
wherein the cycloalkyl and/or phenyl moieties of R1 are not further substituted or do carry one, two, three, four, five or up to the maximum number of identical or different groups R12b which independently are selected from:
R12b halogen, OH, CN, nitro, Ci-C4-alkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Ci-C4-halogenalkyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, C3-Cs-halocycloalkyl and Ci-C4-halogenalkoxy
R3 is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO2, OH, SH, Ci-C6-alkyl, Ci-C6-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyloxy, NH2, NH(Ci-C4-alkyl), N(Ci-C4-alkyl)2, NH(C3-C6-cycloalkyl), N(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)2, S(0)P(Ci-C4-alkyl),
Figure imgf000004_0004
alkyl), C(=0)(OH), C(=0)(0-Ci-C4-alkyl), C(=0)(NH(Ci-C4-alkyl)), C(=0)(N(Ci-C4-alkyl)2), C(=0)(NH(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)) and C(=0)-(N(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)2); wherein each of R3 is unsubstituted or further substituted by one, two, three or four R3a; wherein p is 0,1 or 2, and wherein R3a is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO2, OH, Ci-C4-alkyl, Ci-C4-haloalkyl, C3-C8- cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-halocycloalkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy and Ci-C4-haloalkoxy;
R4 is independently selected from the substituents as defined for R3, wherein said R4 are un- substituted or further substituted by one, two, three or four R4a, wherein each R4a is independently selected from the substituents as defined for R3a;
n is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; and
m is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5.
More s ecifically, compounds II and III are the following:
Figure imgf000005_0001
wherein R is selected from halogen and (Ci-C2)-haloalkyl, in particular CI, Br, F or CF3, more specifically CI or CF3, and R1, R3, R4 and m are as defined and preferably defined herein, and n1 is 0, 1 , 2 or 3.
In one embodiment, the compounds of formula III are of sub formula IIIA
Figure imgf000005_0002
wherein R1 is Ci-C6-alkyl or Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl and R4 is F or CI.
According to one embodiment, R1 is Ci-C6-alkyl, more specifically Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular selected from CH3, C2H5, n-C3H7, CH(CH3)2, n-butyl, iso-butyl and tert-butyl, more particularly se- lecetd from CH3, C2H5, CH(CH3)2 and C(CH3)3. According to a further embodiment, R1 is Cs-Cs- cycloalkyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl, such as C3H5 (cyclopropyl), C4H7 (cyclobutyl), cyclo- pentyl or cyclohexyl. A further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R1 is C3H5 (cyclopropyl) or C4H7 (cyclobutyl).
R4 is F or CI, in particular CI.
In particular, R1 is selected from CH3, CH(CH3)2 and cyclopropyl and R4 is CI.
This embodiment applies to formula II and I accordingly:
Figure imgf000005_0003
above meanings of R1 and R4.
In the process step (i) according to the present invention, an oxo compound of the formula III is reacted with trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate of the formula IV
Figure imgf000006_0001
in aqueous solution in the presence of a base.
Preferably, in the inventive process, 1 to 4 equivalents, in particular 1 .2 to 3.5 eq, more specifically 1 .5 to 3.3 eq, of water in relation to one equivalent of compound III are used. It may be favorable, if more than 1.5 eq of water, in particular more than 1 .5 eq of water to 4 eq of water, more specifically more than 1 .5 eq to 3.5 eq of water, even more particularly more than 1.5 eq water to 2.5 eq water per mole of compound III. In particular the ratios of 1 .6 to 3.8, more specifically 1.7 to 3.3 eq, more specifically 1 .8 to 2.8 eq or 1.9 to 2.5 of water per mole of compound III may be favorable according to the present invention.
The reagent IV is preferably used in an amount of 1 .1 to 2.5, in particular 1 .2 to 2, more specifically 1.3 to 1 .6 equivalents of IV per 1 equivalent (mole) of compound III.
In general, the reagent of formula IV can be prepared from dimethylsulfide and dimethylsulfate. According to one embodiment of the invention, reagent IV is prepared in-situ by adding dimethylsulfate to the reaction mixture containing dimethylsulfide. The dimethylsulfide is usually used in excess.
It is preferred according to the present invention to use as reagent IV an aqueous solution of trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate III containing 33 to 37 wt%, preferably 34 to 36 wt%, more specifically 34 to 35.3 wt%, also more specifically 34.3 to 35.9 wt%, of trimethylsulfonium kation.
Such stable aqueous solutions of the reagents are novel. Thus, according to a further aspect, the present invention relates to an aqueous solution of trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate III containing 33 to 37 wt%, preferably 34 to 36 wt%, more specifically 34 to 35.3 wt%, also more specifically 34.3 to 35.9 wt%, of trimethylsulfonium kation.
In particular, the inventive reagent IV solution contains 33 to 37 wt%, preferably 34 to 36 wt%, more specifically 34 to 35.3 wt%, also more specifically 34.3 to 35.9 wt%, of trimethylsulfonium kation. Accordingly, the amount of trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate in the reagent, measured as summation of trimethsulfonium-cation and methylsulfate-anion, is about 80 to 90 wt%, preferably about 83 to 88 wt-%, more specifically about 83 to 86 wt-%. The quantification can be, for example, accomplished by means of quantitative NMR-spectroscopie.
The viscosity of the aqueous reagent IV solution of the invention is comparatively low. The in- ventive solutions are stable at room temparture, in particular at 25°C, and can be stored over a longer time. In particular, the inventive reagent solution does not crystallize out during storage over a longer time, such as several weeks, e.g. up to 12 weeks, at at temperatures of 10 to 25°C.
The reagent can be prepared by adding dimethylsulfate to water and dimethylsulfide. Dimethyl- sulfide is normally used in excess, generally 2 to 8, more preferably 4 to 6, more specifically 4.5 to 5.5, equivalents.
In the preparation of the aqueous solution of reagent IV according to the invention, preferably 1 .3 to 2.2 eq, more preferably 1 .45 to 2.0 eq, water in relation to the dimethylsulfate are used.
Preferably, the temperature of the reaction mixture when adding the dimethylsulfate is room temperature, in particular 25°C to 40°C. The aqueous reagent separates as the lower phase and can be further used as such.
Following the state of the art, it was not possible to provide stable aqueous solutions of reagent IV that can be used in process for the synthesis of oxiranes from oxo-group containing compounds. It has now surprisingly been found within the framework of the present invention that stable aqueous solution of reagent IV can be provided if specific ranges of water as defined above in relation to the dimethylsulfate are kept.
Thus, another aspect of the invention is the general use of the inventive aqueous solution of trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate IV for the synthesis of an oxirane from the respective oxo compound, in particular a compound lla from a compounds Ilia, more specifically a compound II from a compound III as defined herein.
The use of the inventive aqueous solution of the reagent IV has been proven very efficient also for upscaled reaction conditions, since it is stable and since it contains a defined amount of reagent, so that reagent IV can be easily and precisely dosed to the reaction mixture.
Thus it is a preferred embodiment, if in step (i) of the inventive process, the reagent IV is added as an aqueous solution of trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate III containing 33 to 37 wt%, preferably 34 to 36 wt%, more specifically 34 to 35.3 wt%, also more specifically 34.3 to 35.9 wt% of trimethylsulfonium kation or any preferred embodiment thereof defined herein.
The base used in step (i) according to the invention is preferably selected from KOH and NaOH. In a preferred embodiment, KOH is used and specifically, it is used in solid form, preferably as solid pellets, flakes, microprills and/or powder. It is preferred if at least 3 equivalents of base, preferably at least 3.2 eq, more specifically at least 3.4 eq per 1 equivalent of compound III are used. It may be preferred if the amount of base is 3 to 6 eq, more specifically 3 to 5 eq per mole of compound III.
The base, in particular solid KOH, is used such that the inventive range of water present in the reaction is kept. Then, some of the base is dissolved in the reaction solution and some is still present in solid form during the reaction.
According to one embodiment of the inventive process, dimethylsulfide is also used as solvent in step (i). According to a further embodiment, an additional solvent is used. In particular, an aprotic organic solvent is suitable, such as for example diethylether, methyl-tert-butylether, chlo- robenzene, xylene or toluene .
The reaction temperature in step (i) is preferably held at a maximum of 50°C, in particular at a maximum of 45, more preferably at a maximum of 40°C. Generally, it is also preferred to have a reaction temperature of at least 20 °C, in particular at least room temperature, in particular at least 25°C. In a further embodiment, the temperature is at least 30°C. It may be preferred if the temperature is at least 35 °C.
By means of the inventive process, the oxiranes of formula II can be prepared in high yields. Preferably, the yields are at least 60%, more preferably 70 %, even more preferred at least 75%, even more preferred at least 80%.
The order of adding the reactants to the reaction mixture is variable. In one embodiment, the base is added to the solution of compound III and solvent first and then reagent IV is added. According to another embodiment, the reagent IV is added first to the solution of compound III and then the base is added. According to a further embodiment, a solution of compound III and the reagent IV are added simultaneously to the base. In the latter embodiment, the base is preferably suspended in sufficient solvent and is stirred during the addition of the reagents.
The oxirane obtained according to the inventive process (step (i)) can be further converted into a triazole of formula I. Consequently, according to a further embodiment of the invention, the process further comprises the following step:
(ii) reacting the oxirane of the formula II resulting from step (i) with 1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole and an inorganic base, resulting in compounds of formula I,
Figure imgf000008_0001
In step (ii), the oxirane is reacted with 1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole and an inorganic base.
The inorganic base used in step (ii) is preferably selected from NaOH, KOH, Na2CC"3 and K2CO3, more specifically from NaOH and KOH. According to one embodiment, NaOH is used. According to a further embodiment, KOH is used.
According to a specific embodiment, the sodium salt of 1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole as a base is used, wherein said sodium salt is prepared using triazole and a base preferably selected from NaOH, NaH and Na-alcoholates. See also DE 3042302.
The amount of base used in step (ii) is preferably equal to or less than 1 eq, in particular less than 1 eq, more preferably equal to or less than 0.8 eq, even more preferably equal to or less than 0.6 equivalents per 1 equivalent of compound II. Also preferred are amounts of base being equal to or less than 0.4 equivalents, in particular equal to or less than 0.2 equivalents, specifically equal to or less than 0.1 eq per 1 equivalent of compound II. Preferably, at least 0.1 eq, more preferably at least 0.2 equivalents, in particular at least 0.3, more specifically at least 0.4 eq base per 1 equivalent of compound II are used.
It has surprisningly been found according to the invention, that higher yields of compounds I can be acchieved, if less than 1 eq of base is used in relation to the compound II. In specific embodiments thereof, NaOH is used in as base, preferably in an amount as given above, in particular in an amount of 0.1 to 0.55 eq in relation to the oxirane of formula II.
In order to have preferably low reaction times, temperatures of at least 100°C, more preferably at least 1 10 °C, in particular at least 120 °C are favorable. It is also an embodiment to reflux the reaction mixture. Preferably, the reaction temperature is not higher than 150°C, in particular not higher than 140°C. Specifically, a reaction temperature of 120°C to 140°C is used.
The amount of 1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole used in step (ii) generally is at least 1 eq per mole of oxirane II. According to one embodiment, the 1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole is used in excess in relation to the oxirane II. Preferred are more than 1 eq to 2 eq, more preferably more than 1 eq to 1.8 eq, even more preferred more than 1 eq to 1 .6 eq. Mostly for economic reason, it can be preferred to use at least 1 .1 eq, specifically 1 .15 eq, to 1.5 eq of triazole in relation to oxirane II. The solvent used in step (ii) is preferably selected from dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, N-metylpyrrolidone. Most preferred is dimethylformamide.
One side product that may occur, if R1 is iso-propyl is the following compound II", more specifically Ma":
Figure imgf000009_0001
wherein R3, R4, n and m are defined above. In particular, in formula lla", R3 is CF3 or CI and R4 is CI.
According to the inventive process conditions, the side product can be repressed or avoided and higher yields can be obtained.
Generally, one further undesired side product in the synthesis of compounds I that may occur in undesired amounts is the symmetric triazole I" that is formed together with the desired triazole of formula I, sometimes in high excess compared to the desired compound I, leading, consequently, to lower yields of the desired product of formula I.
Figure imgf000009_0002
wherein R1, R3, R4, n and m are defined above. In particular la" may occur, wherein R3 is R3 is CF3 or CI and R4 is CI and R1 is as defined and preferably defined herein:
Figure imgf000009_0003
Particular side products la" that may occur during the inventive process depending on the substituents in the reagents are compiled in Table S1. Each line of lines S1 -1 to S1 -320 of Table S1 corresponds to a side product la" having the substituents specified in the respective line:
Table S1 :
I" No. R4 R3 R1 I" No. R4 R3 R1
S1 -1 CI CFs H S1 -7 CI CFs CH(CH3)CH2CH3
S1 -2 CI CFs CHs S1 -8 CI CFs CH2CH(CH3)2
S1 -3 CI CFs CH2CH3 S1 -9 CI CFs CH2CH2CH2CH3
S1 -4 CI CFs CH2CH2CH3 S1 -10 CI CFs CF3
S1 -5 CI CFs CH(CH3)2 S1 -1 1 CI CFs CHF2
S1 -6 CI CFs C(CH3)3 S1 -12 CI CFs CH2F 1" No. R4 R3 R1 I" No. R4 R3 R1
S1-13 CI CFs CHC S1-51 CI CFs C(CI)=CHCI
S1-14 CI CFs CH2CI S1-52 CI CFs CH=CCI2
S1-15 CI CFs CH2OH S1-53 CI CFs C(CI)=CCI2
S1-16 CI CFs CH2CH2OH S1-54 CI CFs C(H)=CH(F)
S1-17 CI CFs CH2CH2CH2OH S1-55 CI CFs C(H)=CF2
S1-18 CI CFs CH(CH3)CH2OH S1-56 CI CFs C(F)=CF2
S1-19 CI CFs CH2CH(CH3)OH S1-57 CI CFs C(F)=CHF
S1-20 CI CFs CH2CH2CH2CH2OH S1-58 CI CFs CH=CHCH2OH
S1-21 CI CFs CH(CH3)CN S1-59 CI CFs CH=CHOCH3
S1-22 CI CFs CH2CH2CN S1-60 CI CFs CH=CHCH2OCH3
S1-23 CI CFs CH2CN S1-61 CI CFs CH=CHCH2OCF3
S1-24 CI CFs CH2CH2CN S1-62 CI CFs CH=CHCH2OCCI3
S1-25 CI CFs CH2CH2CH2CN, S1-63 CI CFs CH=CH(C3H5)
S1-26 CI CFs CH(CH3)CH2CN S1-64 CI CFs CH=CH(C4H7)
S1-27 CI CFs CH2CH(CH3)CN S1-65 CI CFs CH=CH(1-CI-C3H4)
S1-28 CI CFs CH2CH2CH2CH2CN S1-66 CI CFs CH=CH(1-F-C3H4)
S1-29 CI CFs CH2OCH3 S1-67 CI CFs CH=CH(1-CI-C4H6)
S1-30 CI CFs CH2OCH2CH3 S1-68 CI CFs CH=CH(1-F-C4H6)
S1-31 CI CFs CH(CH3)OCH3 S1-69 CI CFs C≡CH
S1-32 CI CFs CH(CH3)OCH2CH3 S1-70 CI CFs C≡CCH3
S1-33 CI CFs CH2CH2OCH2CH3 S1-71 CI CFs CH2C≡CCH3
S1-34 CI CFs CH2OCF3 S1-72 CI CFs CH2C≡CH
S1-35 CI CFs CH2CH2OCF3 S1-73 CI CFs CH2C≡CCH2CH3
S1-36 CI CFs CH2OCCI3 S1-74 CI CFs C≡CCH(CH3)2
S1-37 CI CFs CH2CH2OCCI3 S1-75 CI CFs C≡CC(CH3)3
S1-38 CI CFs CH=CH2 S1-76 CI CFs C≡C(C3H5)
S1-39 CI CFs CH2CH=CH2 S1-77 CI CFs C≡C(C4H7)
S1-40 CI CFs CH2CH=CHCH3 S1-78 CI CFs C≡C(1-CI-C3H4)
S1-41 CI CFs CH2C(CH3)=CH2 S1-79 CI CFs C≡C(1-CI-C4H6)
S1-42 CI CFs CH2C(CH3)=CHCH3 S1-80 CI CFs C≡CCI
S1-43 CI CFs CH2C(CH3)=C(CH3)2 S1-81 CI CFs C≡CBr
S1-44 CI CFs CH=CHCH3 S1-82 CI CFs C≡C-I
S1-45 CI CFs C(CH3)=CH2 S1-83 CI CFs CH2C≡CCI
S1-46 CI CFs CH=C(CH3)2 S1-84 CI CFs CH2C≡CBr
S1-47 CI CFs C(CH3)=C(CH3)2 S1-85 CI CFs CH2C≡C-I
S1-48 CI CFs C(CH3)=CH(CH3) S1-86 CI CFs C≡CCH2OCH3
S1-49 CI CFs C(CI)=CH2 S1-87 CI CFs C≡CCH(OH)CH3
S1-50 CI CFs C(H)=CHCI S1-88 CI CFs C≡CCH(OCH3)CH3
Figure imgf000011_0001
I" No. R4 R3 R1 I" No. R4 R3 R1
S1-157 CI CI CH2-(4-OCH3)-C6H4 S1-195 CI CI CH2CH2OCF3
S1-158 CI CI CH2-(4-F)-C6H4 S1-196 CI CI CH2OCCI3
S1-159 CI CI CH2-(2,4-Cl2)-C6H3 S1-197 CI CI CH2CH2OCCI3
S1-160 CI CI CH2-(2,4-F2)-C6H3 S1-198 CI CI CH=CH2
S1-161 CI CI H S1-199 CI CI CH2CH=CH2
S1-162 CI CI CH3 S 1-200 CI CI CH2CH=CHCH3
S1-163 CI CI CH2CH3 S1-201 CI CI CH2C(CH3)=CH2
S1-164 CI CI CH2CH2CH3 S 1-202 CI CI CH2C(CH3)=CHCH3
S1-165 CI CI CH(CH3)2 S 1-203 CI CI CH2C(CH3)=C(CH3)2
S1-166 CI CI C(CH3)3 S 1-204 CI CI CH=CHCH3
S1-167 CI CI CH(CH3)CH2CH3 S 1-205 CI CI C(CH3)=CH2
S1-168 CI CI CH2CH(CH3)2 S 1-206 CI CI CH=C(CH3)2
S1-169 CI CI CH2CH2CH2CH3 S 1-207 CI CI C(CH3)=C(CH3)2
S1-170 CI CI CF3 S 1-208 CI CI C(CH3)=CH(CH3)
S1-171 CI CI CHF2 S 1-209 CI CI C(CI)=CH2
S1-172 CI CI CH2F S1-210 CI CI C(H)=CHCI
S1-173 CI CI CHCI2 S1-211 CI CI C(CI)=CHCI
S1-174 CI CI CH2CI S1-212 CI CI CH=CCI2
S1-175 CI CI CH2OH S1-213 CI CI C(CI)=CCI2
S1-176 CI CI CH2CH2OH S1-214 CI CI C(H)=CH(F)
S1-177 CI CI CH2CH2CH2OH S1-215 CI CI C(H)=CF2
S1-178 CI CI CH(CH3)CH2OH S1-216 CI CI C(F)=CF2
S1-179 CI CI CH2CH(CH3)OH S1-217 CI CI C(F)=CHF
S1-180 CI CI CH2CH2CH2CH2OH S1-218 CI CI CH=CHCH2OH
S1-181 CI CI CH(CH3)CN S1-219 CI CI CH=CHOCH3
S1-182 CI CI CH2CH2CN S 1-220 CI CI CH=CHCH2OCH3
S1-183 CI CI CH2CN S1-221 CI CI CH=CHCH2OCF3
S1-184 CI CI CH2CH2CN S 1-222 CI CI CH=CHCH2OCCI3
S1-185 CI CI CH2CH2CH2CN, S 1-223 CI CI CH=CH(C3H5)
S1-186 CI CI CH(CH3)CH2CN S 1-224 CI CI CH=CH(C4H7)
S1-187 CI CI CH2CH(CH3)CN S 1-225 CI CI CH=CH(1-CI-C3H4)
S1-188 CI CI CH2CH2CH2CH2CN S 1-226 CI CI CH=CH(1-F-C3H4)
S1-189 CI CI CH2OCH3 S 1-227 CI CI CH=CH(1-CI-C4H6)
S1-190 CI CI CH2OCH2CH3 S 1-228 CI CI CH=CH(1-F-C4H6)
S1-191 CI CI CH(CH3)OCH3 S 1-229 CI CI C≡CH
S1-192 CI CI CH(CH3)OCH2CH3 S 1-230 CI CI C≡CCH3
S1-193 CI CI CH2CH2OCH2CH3 S1-231 CI CI CH2C≡CCH3
S1-194 CI CI CH2OCF3 S 1-232 CI CI CH2C≡CH
Figure imgf000013_0001
I" No. R4 R3 R1 I" No. R4 R3 R1
S1 -301 CI CI 4-F-C6H4 S1 -31 1 CI CI 4-OCF3-C6H4
S 1 -302 CI CI 2,4-F2-C6H3 S1 -312 CI CI 2,4,6-F3-C6H2
S 1 -303 CI CI 2,4-CI2-C6H3 S1 -313 CI CI 2,4,6-CI3-C6H2
S 1 -304 CI CI 2-CH3-C6H4 S1 -314 CI CI CH2C6H5
S 1 -305 CI CI 2-CF3-CeH4 S1 -315 CI CI CH2-(4-CI)-C6H4
S 1 -306 CI CI 4-CH3-C6H4 S1 -316 CI CI CH2-(4-CH3)-C6H4
S 1 -307 CI CI 4-CF3-C6H4 S1 -317 CI CI CH2-(4-OCH3)-C6H4
S 1 -308 CI CI 2-OCH3-C6H4 S1 -318 CI CI CH2-(4-F)-C6H4
S 1 -309 CI CI 2-OCF3-C6H4 S1 -319 CI CI CH2-(2,4-CI2)-C6H3
S1 -310 CI CI 4-OCH3-C6H4 S 1 -320 CI CI CH2-(2,4-F2)-C6H3
According the reaction conditions of the invention, it is possible to reduce the amount of I" in favor of the desired product I. Consequently, according to the inventive process, it is possible to highly improve the yield of the triazole I compared to common prior art processes.
Furthermore, it has been found that if the reaction product I resulting from step (ii) is crystallized as described according to the invention, the product can be obtained in high yields and purity.
Consequently, according to one preferred embodiment of the invention, the compounds I resulting from step (ii) are crystallized from a suitable solvent such as, for example toluene, an aliphatic alcohol, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate and/or cyclohexane, in particular toluene and/or an aliphatic alcohol.
In particular, the aliphatic alcohol is selected from methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, isobutanol or any mixture thereof. In particular, the aliphatic alcohol is selected from methanol and ethanol.
Generally, for the crystallizing step, the solvent, in particular dimethylformide as described above, is firstly evaporated in large part, preferably under reduced pressure. Preferably, at least 55% of the solvent, more preferably at least 60 % of the sovent, more specifically at least 70% of the solvent are removed. Specifically, it may be preferred, if at least 80%, more specifically at least 90 % of the solvent, such as DMF, are removed The solvent can then be recycled to be used again in the process step (ii), if necessary after it has been further rectificated before. Then, water and the respective suitable solvent such as an ether, for example diethylether, diisopropylether, methyl-tert-butylether (MTBE), methylenechlorid and /or tolulene, in particular toluene, are added. Also ethyl acetate can be appropriate as solvent. The product I is then preferably obtained by crystallization directly from the concentrated, e.g. toluene-reaction mixture. Also preferred and suitable according to the invention is the change of solvent to e.g. methanol or ethanol (see above) for the crystallization of the products.
According to one embodiment, seed crystals are added for the crystallization step.
By using the inventive crystallizing step according to the inventive process, in particular when carrying out the process steps (ii) the formation ofthe undesired symmetric triazole I" can be reduced to equal or less than 10%, more preferably equal or less than 8%, even more preferably equal or less than 5%, even more preferably equal or less than 2%.
Preferably, the ratio of isolated compound I to I" is at least 20:1 , more preferably at least 30:1 , even more preferably 50:1 , more specifically 70:1 . In particular, the ratio of compound I to I" is at least 30:1.
Following the inventive process comprising step (i), also common methods of further reacting the oxiranes II to end products I can be carried out.
For example, the epoxide ring of compounds II may be cleaved by reaction with alcohols R2OH preferabl under acidic conditions to result in compounds V:
Figure imgf000015_0001
Thereafter, the resulting compounds V are reacted with halogenating agents or sulfonating agents such as PBr3, PC mesyl chloride, tosyl chloride or thionyl chloride, to obtain compounds VI wherein LG' is a nucleophilically replaceable leaving group such as halogen, alkyl- sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyloxy and arylsulfonyloxy, preferably chloro, bromo or iodo, particularly pref- erably bromo or alkylsulfonyl. Then compounds VI are reacted with 1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole to obtain com ounds I as known in the art and/or described above:
Figure imgf000015_0002
For obtaining compounds of formula I, wherein the alcohol group is derivatized into an ether group to result in compounds of formula 1-1 ,
Figure imgf000015_0003
wherein the variables R1, R3, R4, n and m are defined and preferably defined herein, and wherein
R2 is hydrogen, Ci-C6-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl- Ci-C6-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, phenyl-C2-C4-alkenyl or phenyl-C2-C4-alkynyl; wherein the aliphatic moieties of R2 are not further substituted or do carry one, two, three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R12a which independently are selected from:
R12a halogen, OH, CN, nitro, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-halocycloalkyl and Ci- C4-halogenalkoxy; wherein the cycloalkyl and/or phenyl moieties of R2 are not further substituted or do carry one, two, three, four, five or up to the maximum number of identical or different groups R12b which independently are selected from:
R12b halogen, OH, CN, nitro, Ci-C4-alkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Ci-C4-halogenalkyl, C3-C8- cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-halocycloalkyl and Ci-C4-halogenalkoxy;
the following step can be carried out:
(iii) derivatizing the compound of formula I from step (i) under basic conditions with R2-LG, wherein LG is a nucleophilically replaceable leaving group;
LG represents a nucleophilically replaceable leaving group such as halogen, alkylsulfonyl, alkyl- sulfonyloxy and arylsulfonyloxy, preferably chloro, bromo or iodo, particularly preferably bromo. Preferably a base is ues in step (iii) such as for example, NaH.
Suitable solvents are for example ethers, in particular cyclic ethers. Possible solvents are for example tetrahydrofuran (THF), 2-methyl-tetrahydrofuran (2-Me-THF), diethyl ether, TBME (tert- butyl methyl ether), CPME (cyclopentyl methyl ether), DME (1 ,2-dimethoxyethane ) and 1 ,4- dioxane. Further solvents that may be suitable are, for example, diisopropyl ether, di-n-butyl ether and/or diglyme. Often, the use of THF or 2-methyl-THF is particularly suitable. Furthermore, it may also be suitable to use combinations of two or more different solvents, such as for example any combination of the solvents listed above or any one of the listed ethers with aliphatic hydrocarbons like n-hexane, heptane or aromatic hydrocarbons like toluene or xylenes. The skilled person is familiar with the reaction in step (iii) and may vary the reaction conditions analogously to known syntheses.
According to a further aspect the invention relates to a process for the preparation of a triazole compound of the formula I
Figure imgf000016_0001
comprising the following step:
(iia) reacting an oxirane of the formula II as defined herein;
with 1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole and an inorganic base, wherein less than 1 equivalent of said base is used per 1 equivalent of compound II, resulting in compounds of formula I.
For obtaining compounds of formula I, wherein the alcohol group is derivatized (resulting in "OR2", compounds 1-1 , see above), the following step can be subsequently carried out:
(iiia) derivatizing the compound of formula I from step (iia) under basic conditions with R2-LG, wherein LG is a nucleophilically replaceable leaving group;
wherein the variables R1, R3, R4, n and m are defined and preferably defined herein.
The reaction steps (ii) and (iii) are described in detail above and also apply accordingly to this aspect of the invention, namely to the corresponding steps (iia) and (iiia), with the proviso, that it is characteristic here that the inorganic base is used in an amount of less than 1 equivalent of per 1 equivalent of compound II.
The oxirane II used in this inventive process can be prepared according to the inventive process described above or may be also provided in analogy to known processes, e.g. by reaction of the respective oxo-group-containing compound III with trimethylsulf(ox)onium halides ((CH3)3S+ OHah), preferably trimethylsulfoniumiodide, preferably in the presence of a base such as sodium hydroxide (see also JACS 1965 87 p. 1353).
The starting oxo-group containing compounds III for the inventive processes can be synthesized as descibed in the above mentioned literature and patent applications. Generally, the skilled person may obtained by various routes in analogy to prior art processes known (cf. J.Agric.
Food Chem. (2009) 57, 4854-4860; EP 0 275 955 A1 ; DE 40 03 180 A1 ; EP 0 1 13 640 A2; EP 0 126 430 A2). In the following, synthesis routes for obtaining the precursors are given.
In a first process, for example, phenoles A are reacted, in a first step, with derivatives B, wherein X1 stands for I or Br, in particular Br (=bromo derivatives III), preferably in the presence of a base to result in compounds C.
Figure imgf000017_0001
A B u
Thereafter, the resulting compounds C, in particular X1 is Br, are then transformed into Grignard reagents by the reaction with transmetallation reagents such as isopropylmagnesium halides and subsequently reacted with acetyl chloride preferably under anhydrous conditions and preferably in the presence of a catalyst such as CuCI, CuC , AlC , LiCI and mixtures thereof, to obtain acetophenones D.
Figure imgf000017_0002
In a second process to obtain the precursors is as follows In a first step, a halo derivative E, wherein X2 is halogen, in particular F, and X3 is halogen, in particular Br, is reacted with a transmetallation agent such as e.g. isopropylmagnesium bromide followed by an acyl chloride agent R1COCI (e.g. acetyl chloride) preferably under anhydrous conditions and optionally in the presence of a catalyst such as CuCI, CuC , AlC , LiCI and mixtures thereof, to obtain ketones F.
Figure imgf000017_0003
Thereafter, ketones F are reacted with phenoles A preferably in the presence of a base to ob- tain compounds III wherein R1 is as defined and preferably defined, respectively, herein.
Compounds III may also be obtained in analogy to the first process described for compounds D (preferred conditions for the process step, see above). This is illustrated in the following:
Figure imgf000018_0001
Alternatively, compounds III can be synthesized via a Friedel Crafts acylation as follows:
Figure imgf000018_0002
hers H can be synthesized by nucleophilic substitution of X group in compound G (Angewandte Chemie, International Edition, 45(35), 5803-5807; 2006, US 20070088015 A1 , Journal of the American Chemical Society, 134(17), 7384-7391 ; 2012 ). Then, a Lewis acid catalyzed addition of an acid halide, preferably will lead to compounds III (Journal of Chemical Research, Synopses, (8), 245; 1992, WO2010096777 A1 ).
If individual compounds cannot be directly obtained by the routes described above, they can be prepared by derivatization of other compounds.
In case a work-up of the reaction mixture in any of the reaction steps of the inventive process or the other processes described, is suitable, it can be carried out by procedures known in a general manner to the person skilled in the art. Usually, the reaction mixture is extracted with a suitable organic solvent (for example aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylenes) and the residue is, if appropriate, purified by recrystallization and/or chromatography.
In the definitions of the variables given herein, collective terms are used which are generally representative for the substituents in question. The term "Cn-Cm" indicates the number of carbon atoms possible in each case in the substituent or substituent moiety in question.
The term "halogen" refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
The term "Ci-C6-alkyl" refers to a straight-chained or branched saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, e.g. methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1 -methylethyl, butyl, 1 -methylpropyl, 2- methylpropyl, 1 ,1 -dimethylethyl, pentyl, 1 -methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl,
2.2- dimethylpropyl, 1 -ethylpropyl, 1 ,1 -dimethylpropyl, 1 ,2-dimethylpropyl, hexyl, 1 -methylpentyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl, 1 ,1 -dimethylbutyl, 1 ,2-dimethylbutyl,
1 .3- dimethylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 1 -ethylbutyl,
2-ethylbutyl, 1 ,1 ,2-trimethylpropyl, 1 ,2,2-trimethylpropyl, 1 -ethyl-1 -methylpropyl and 1 -ethyl-2- methylpropyl. Likewise, the term "C2-C4-alkyl" refers to a straight-chained or branched alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, such as ethyl, propyl (n-propyl), 1 -methylethyl (iso-propoyl), butyl, 1 -methylpropyl (sec. -butyl), 2-methylpropyl (iso-butyl), 1 ,1 -dimethylethyl (tert. -butyl).
The term "Ci-C6-haloalkyl" refers to an alkyl group having 1 or 6 carbon atoms as defined above, wherein some or all of the hydrogen atoms in these groups may be replaced by halogen atoms as mentioned above. Examples are "Ci-C2-haloalkyl" groups such as chloromethyl, bro- momethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloro- fluoromethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, 1 -chloroethyl, 1 -bromoethyl, 1 - fluoroethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2-chloro-2-fluoroethyl, 2-chloro- 2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2-dichloro-2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl or pentafluoroethyl.
The term "C2-C6-alkenyl" refers to a straight-chain or branched unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and a double bond in any position. Examples are "C2-C4-alkenyl" groups, such as ethenyl, 1 -propenyl, 2-propenyl (allyl), 1 -methylethenyl, 1 -butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1 -methyl-1 -propenyl, 2-methyl-1 -propenyl, 1 -methyl-2-propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl. The term "C2-C6-alkynyl" refers to a straight-chain or branched unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and containing at least one triple bond. Examples are "C2-C4- alkynyl" groups, such as ethynyl, prop-1 -ynyl, prop-2-ynyl (propargyl), but-1 -ynyl, but-2-ynyl, but-3-ynyl , 1 -methyl-prop-2-ynyl .
The term "Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl" refers to monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon radicals having 3 to 8 carbon ring members, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or cyclooctyl.
The term "C3-C8-cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl" refers to alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (as defined above), wherein one hydrogen atom of the alkyl radical is replaced by a cycloalkyl radical having 3 to 8 carbon atoms (as defined above).
The term "Ci-C6-alkoxy" refers to a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which is bonded via an oxygen, at any position in the alkyl group. Examples are "C1-C4- alkoxy" groups, such as methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, 1 -methylethoxy, butoxy, 1 - methyhpropoxy, 2-methylpropoxy or 1 ,1 -dimethylethoxy.
The term "Ci-C6-haloalkoxy" refers to a Ci-C6-alkoxy radical as defined above, wherein some or all of the hydrogen atoms in these groups may be replaced by halogen atoms as mentioned above. Examples are "Ci-C4-haloalkoxy" groups, such as OCH2F, OCH F2, OCF3, OCH2CI, OCHCI2, OCCI3, chlorofluoromethoxy, dichlorofluoromethoxy, chlorodifluoromethoxy, 2-fluoro- ethoxy, 2-chloroethoxy, 2-bromoethoxy, 2-iodoethoxy, 2,2-difluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 2-chloro-2-fluoroethoxy, 2-chloro-2,2-difluoroethoxy, 2,2-dichloro-2-fluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-tri- chloro-"ethoxy, OC2F5, 2-fluoropropoxy, 3-fluoropropoxy, 2,2-difluoropropoxy,
2,3-difluoro-"propoxy, 2 chloropropoxy, 3-chloropropoxy, 2,3-dichloropropoxy, 2-bro- mo-'propoxy, 3 bromopropoxy, 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, 3,3,3-trichloropropoxy, OCH2-C2F5, OCF2-C2F5, 1 -fluoromethyl-2-fluoroethoxy, 1 -chloromethyl-2-chloroethoxy, 1 -bromomethyl-2- bromo-'ethoxy, 4-fluorobutoxy, 4-chlorobutoxy, 4-bromobutoxy or nonafluorobutoxy.
The term "phenyl-Ci-C6-alkyl" refers to alkyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (as defined above), wherein one hydrogen atom of the alkyl radical is replaced by a phenyl radical. Likewise, the terms "phenyl-C2-C6-alkenyl" and "phenyl-C2-C6-alkynyl" refer to alkenyl and alkynyl, respectively, wherein one hydrogen atom of the aforementioned radicals is replaced by a phenyl radical.
The meanings and preferred meanings described in the following for the variables R1 , R2, R3, R4, n and m apply to compounds and the precursors of the compounds I and side products in any of the above detailed inventive processes.
R1 according to the present invention is hydrogen, Ci-C6-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Cs- Cs-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-Ci-C6-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, phenyl-C2-C4-alkenyl or phenyl-C2-C4-alkynyl, wherein the aliphatic moieties of R1 may carry one, two, three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groupsR123 which independently of one an- other are selected from halogen, OH, CN, nitro, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, C3-C8- halocycloalkyl and Ci-C4-halogenalkoxy; and wherein the cycloalkyl and/or phenyl moieties of R1 may carry one, two, three, four, five or up to the maximum number of identical or different groups R12b, which independently of one another are selected from halogen, OH, CN, nitro, Ci- C4-alkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Ci-C4-halogenalkyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-halocycloalkyl and C1-C4- halogenalkoxy.
According to one embodiment, R1 is H.
According to a further embodiment of the invention, R1 is selected from Ci-C6-alkyl, C2-C6- alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, C3-Cs-cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, phenyl-C2-C4-alkenyl and phenyl-C2-C4-alkynyl, wherein the R1 are in each case unsubstituted or are substituted by R12a and/or R12b as defined and preferably defined herein. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1.
According to one particular embodiment, R1 is Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular Ci-C4-alkyl, such as CH3, C2H5, CH(CH3)2 or C(CH3)3. A further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R1 is Ci- C6-alkyl, in particular Ci-C4-alkyl, that is substituted by one, two or three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R12a, as defined and preferably defined herein. According to a specific embodiment thereof, R1 is Ci-C6-haloalkyl, in particular Ci-C4-haloalkyl, more particularly Ci-C2-haloalkyl such as CF3 or CHF2. According to a further specific embodiment thereof, R1 is Ci-C4-alkoxy-Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular Ci-C4-alkoxy-Ci-C4-alkyl, such as CH2-OCH3. Further specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1.
According to still another embodiment, R1 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular C3-C6- cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl. A further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R1 is C3-C8- cycloalkyl-Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, that is substituted by one, two or three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R12a in the alkyl moiety and/or substituted by one, two, three four or five or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R12b in the cycloalkyl moiety. R12a and R12b are in each case as defined and preferably defined herein. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1.
According to another embodiment, R1 is C2-C6-alkenyl, in particular C2-C4-alkenyl, such as CH=CH2, CH2CH=CH2, CH=CHCH3 or C(CH3)=CH2. A further embodiment relates to com- pounds, wherein R1 is C2-C6-alkenyl, in particular C2-C4-alkenyl, that is substituted by one, two or three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R12a as defined and preferably defined herein. According to a specific embodiment thereof, R1 is C2-C6- haloalkenyl, in particular C2-C4-haloalkenyl. According to a further specific embodiment thereof, R1 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-C2-C6-alkenyl or C3-C8-halocycloalkyl-C2-C6-alkenyl, in particular C3-C6- cycloalkyl-C2-C4-alkenyl or C3-C6-halocycloalkyl-C2-C4-alkenyl. Further specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1.
According to still another embodiment, R1 is C2-C6-alkynyl, in particular C2-C4-alkynyl, such as C≡CH, C≡CCH3, CH2-C≡C-H or CH2-C≡C-CH3. A further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R1 is C2-C6-alkynyl, in particular C2-C4-alkynyl, that is substituted by one, two or three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R12a, as defined and preferably defined herein. According to a specific embodiment thereof, R1 is C2-C6-haloalkynyl, in par- ticular C2-C4-haloalkynyl. According to a further specific embodiment thereof, R1 is C3-C8- cycloalkyl-C2-C6-alkynyl or C3-C8-halocycloalkyl-C2-C6-alkynyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl-C2- C4-alkynyl or C3-C6-halocycloalkyl-C2-C4-alkynyl. Further specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1.
According to still another embodiment, R1 is phenyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular phenyl-Ci-C2-alkyl, such as benzyl, wherein the alkyl moiety in each case is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R12a as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular F and CI, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, and CN, and wherein the phenyl in each case is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R12b as as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular CI and F, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, C1-C4- alkyl, in particular CH3 or C2H5, and CN. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1.
According to still another embodiment, R1 is phenyl-C2-C4-alkenyl, in particular phenyl-C2-C3- alkenyl, such as phenylethenyl, wherein the alkenyl moiety in each case is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R12a as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular F and CI, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, and CN, and wherein the phenyl in each case is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R12b as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular CI and F, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular CH3 or C2H5, and CN.According to still another embodiment, R1 is phenyl-C2-C4-alkynyl, in particular phenyl-C2-C3-alkynyl, such as phenylethinyl, wherein the alkynyl moiety in each case is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R12a, as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular F and CI, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, and CN, and wherein the phenyl in each case is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R12b as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular CI and F, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular CH3 or C2H5, and CN. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1.
According to still another embodiment, R1 is Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl, such as C3H5 (cyclopropyl), C4H7 (cyclobutyl), cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl. A further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R1 is Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl, such as C3H5 (cyclopropyl) or C4H7 (cyclobutyl), that is substituted by one, two, three four or five or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R12b as defined and preferably defined herein. According to a specific embodiment thereof, R1 is Cs-Cs-halocycloalkyl, in particular C3-C6-halocycloalkyl, such as halocyclopropyl, in particular 1-F-cyclopropyl or 1-CI- cyclopropyl. According to a further specific embodiment thereof, R1 is Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl-Cs-Cs- cycloalkyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl-C3-C6-cycloalkyl, wherein each of said cycloalkyl- cycloalkyl moieties is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R12b as defined and preferably defined herein, such as 1 -cyclopropyl-cyclopropyl or 2-cyclopropyl-cyclopropyl. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1.
According to still another embodiment, R1 is phenyl, wherein the phenyl is unsubstituted or carries one, two, three, four or five independently selected R12b as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular CI and F, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular CH3 or C2H5, and CN. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1 .
In a further embodiment of the invention, R1 is selected from hydrogen, Ci-C6-alkyl, C2-C6- alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl and C3-C6-cycloalkyl, wherein the R1 are in each case unsubstituted or are substituted by R12a and/or R12b as defined and preferably defined herein. In each case, the substituents may also have the preferred meanings for the respective substituent as defined above. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P1 .
Particularly preferred embodiments of R1 according to the invention are in Table P1 below, wherein each line of lines P1 -1 to P1 -160 corresponds to one particular embodiment of the invention, wherein P1 -1 to P1 -160 are also in any combination a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
Figure imgf000022_0001
line R1 line R1
P1-43 CH2C(CH3)=C(CH3)2 P1-85 CH2C≡C-I
P1-44 CH=CHCH3 P1-86 C≡CCH2OCH3
P1-45 C(CH3)=CH2 P1-87 C≡CCH(OH)CH3
P1-46 CH=C(CH3)2 P1-88 C≡CCH(OCH3)CH3
P1-47 C(CH3)=C(CH3)2 P1-89 C≡COCH3
P1-48 C(CH3)=CH(CH3) P1-90 CH2C≡COCH3
P1-49 C(CI)=CH2 P1-91 C≡CCH2OCCI3
P1-50 C(H)=CHCI P1-92 C≡CCH2OCF3
P1-51 C(CI)=CHCI P1-93 C≡CCH2(C3H5)
P1-52 CH=CCI2 P1-94 C≡CCH2(C4H7)
P1-53 C(CI)=CCI2 P1-95 C≡C(1-CI-C3H4)
P1-54 C(H)=CH(F) P1-96 C≡C(1-F-C3H4)
P1-55 C(H)=CF2 P1-97 C≡C(1-CI-C4H6)
P1-56 C(F)=CF2 P1-98 C≡C(1-F-C4H6)
P1-57 C(F)=CHF P1-99 C3H5 (cyclopropyl)
P1-58 CH=CHCH2OH P1-100 C4H7 (cyclobutyl)
P1-59 CH=CHOCH3 P1-101 C5H9 (cyclopentyl)
P1-60 CH=CHCH2OCH3 P1-102 cyclohexyl
P1-61 CH=CHCH2OCF3 P1-103 CH(CH3)-C3H5
P1-62 CH=CHCH2OCCI3 (CH(CH3)-cyclopropyl)
P1-63 CH=CH(C3H5) P1-104 CH2-C3H5 (CH2-cyclopropyl)
P1-64 CH=CH(C4H7) P1-105 1-(CI)-cyclopropyl
P1-65 CH=CH(1-CI-C3H4) P1-106 1-(F)-cyclopropyl
P1-66 CH=CH(1-F-C3H4) P1-107 1-(CH3)-cyclopropyl
P1-67 CH=CH(1-CI-C4H6) P1-108 1-(CN)-cyclopropyl
P1-68 CH=CH(1-F-C4H6) P1-109 2-(CI)-cyclopropyl
P1-69 C≡CH P1-110 2-(F)-cyclopropyl
P1-70 C≡CCH3 P1-111 1-(CI)-cyclobutyl
P1-71 CH2C≡CCH3 P1-112 1-(F)-cyclobutyl
P1-72 CH2C≡CH P1-113 2-(CI)-cyclobutyl
P1-73 CH2C≡CCH2CH3 P1-114 3-(CI)-cyclobutyl
P1-74 C≡CCH(CH3)2 P1-115 2-(F)-cyclobutyl
P1-75 C≡CC(CH3)3 P1-116 3-(F)-cyclobutyl
P1-76 C≡C(C3H5) P1-117 3,3-CI2-cyclobutyl
P1-77 C≡C(C4H7) P1-118 3,3-F2-cyclobutyl
P1-78 C≡C(1-CI-C3H4) P1-119 2-(CH3)-cyclopropyl
P1-79 C≡C(1-CI-C4H6) P1-120 1-(CH3)-cyclobutyl
P1-80 C≡CCI P1-121 2-(CH3)-cyclobutyl
P1-81 C≡CBr P1-122 3-(CH3)-cyclobutyl
P1-82 C≡C-I P1-123 3,3-(CH3)2-cyclobutyl
P1-83 CH2C≡CCI P1-124 2-(CN)-cyclopropyl
P1-84 CH2C≡CBr P1-125 1 -cyclopropyl-cyclopropyl line R1 line R1
P1 -126 2-cyclopropyl-cyclopropyl P1 -144 2-CH3-C6H4
P1 -127 CH(CH3)(cyclobutyl) P1 -145 2-CF3-C6H4
P1 -128 CH2-(cyclobutyl) P1 -146 4-CH3-C6H4
P1 -129 CH2CH2-(cyclopropyl) P1 -147 4-CF3-C6H4
P1 -130 CH2CH2-(cyclobutyl) P1 -148 2-OCH3-C6H4
P1 -131 CH2-(1 -Cl-cyclopropyl) P1 -149 2-OCF3-C6H4
P1 -132 CH2-(1 -F-cyclopropyl) P1 -150 4-OCH3-C6H4
P1 -133 CH2-(1 -CI-cyclobutyl) P1 -151 4-OCF3-C6H4
P1 -134 CH2-(1 -F-cyclobutyl) P1 -152 2,4,6-F3-C6H2
P1 -135 CHCH3-(1 -Cl-cyclopropyl) P1 -153 2,4,6-CI3-C6H2
P1 -136 C(CH3)2-(1 -F-cyclopropyl) P1 -154 CH2C6H5
P1 -137 C6H5 P1 -155 CH2-(4-CI)-C6H4
P1 -138 4-CI-C6H4 P1 -156 CH2-(4-CH3)-C6H4
P1 -139 4-OCH3-C6H4 P1 -157 CH2-(4-OCH3)-C6H4
P1 -140 4-CH3-C6H4 P1 -158 CH2-(4-F)-C6H4
P1 -141 4-F-C6H4 P1 -159 CH2-(2,4-CI2)-C6H3
P1 -142 2,4-F2-C6H3 P1 -160 CH2-(2,4-F2)-C6H3
P1 -143 2,4-CI2-C6H3
R2 in compounds 1-1 prepared according to the present invention or in precursors thereof, is Ci- C6-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-Ci-C6-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, phenyl-C2-C4-alkenyl or phenyl-C2-C4-alkynyl, wherein the aliphatic groups of R2 may carry one, two, three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R12a which independently of one another are selected from halogen, OH, CN, nitro, Ci- C4-alkoxy, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-halocycloalkyl and Ci-C4-halogenalkoxy; and wherein the cycloalkyl and/or phenyl moieties of R2 may carry one, two, three, four, five or up to the maximum number of identical or different groups R12b, which independently of one another are se- lected from halogen, OH, CN, nitro, Ci-C4-alkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Ci-C4-halogenalkyl, C3-Cs- cycloalkyl, C3-C8-halocycloalkyl and Ci-C4-halogenalkoxy.
According to a further embodiment of the invention, R2 is selected from Ci-C6-alkyl, C2-C6- alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, phenyl-C2-C4-alkenyl and phenyl-C2-C4-alkynyl, wherein the R2 are in each case unsubstituted or are substituted by R12a and/or R12b as defined and preferably defined herein. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P2.
According to one particular embodiment, R2 is Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular Ci-C4-alkyl, such as CH3, C2H5, CH(CH3)2, CH2CH2CH3, CH2CH2CH2CH3, CH2CH(CH3)2. A further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R2 is Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular Ci-C4-alkyl, that is substituted by one, two or three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R12a, as defined and preferably defined herein. According to a specific embodiment thereof, R2 is C1-C6- haloalkyl, in particular Ci-C4-haloalkyl, more particularly Ci-C2-haloalkyl. According to a further specific embodiment thereof, R2 is Ci-C4-alkoxy-Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular Ci-C4-alkoxy-Ci-C4- alkyl, such as CH2OCH3 or CH2CH2OCH3. According to still a further specific embodiment thereof, R2 is hydroxy-Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular hydroxyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, such as CH2CH2OH. Further specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P2
According to still another embodiment, R2 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular C3-C6- cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl. A further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R2 is C3-C8- cycloalkyl-Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, more particularly C3-C6- cycloalkyl-Ci-C2-alkyl, that is substituted by one, two or three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R12a in the alkyl moiety and/or substituted by one, two, three four or five or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R12b in the cycloalkyl moiety. R12a and R12b are in each case as defined and preferably defined herein. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P2.
According to another embodiment, R2 is C2-C6-alkenyl, in particular C2-C4-alkenyl, such as CH2CH=CH2, CH2C(CH3)=CI-l2 or CH2CH=CHCH3. A further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R2 is C2-C6-alkenyl, in particular C2-C4-alkenyl, that is substituted by one, two or three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R12a as defined and preferably defined herein. According to a specific embodiment thereof, R2 is C2-C6-haloalkenyl, in particular C2-C4-haloalkenyl, such as CH2C(CI)=CH2 and CH2C(H)=CHCI . According to a further specific embodiment thereof, R2 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-C2-C6-alkenyl or C3-C8-halocycloalkyl-C2-C6- alkenyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl-C2-C4-alkenyl or C3-C6-halocycloalkyl-C2-C4-alkenyl. Fur- ther specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P2.
According to still another embodiment, R2 is C2-C6-alkynyl, in particular C2-C4-alkynyl, such as CH2C≡CH or CH2C≡CCH3. A further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R2 is C2-C6- alkynyl, in particular C2-C4-alkynyl, that is substituted by one, two or three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R12a, as defined and preferably defined herein. According to a specific embodiment thereof, R2 is C2-C6-haloalkynyl, in particular C2-C4- haloalkynyl. According to a further specific embodiment thereof, R2 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-C2-C6- alkynyl or C3-C8-halocycloalkyl-C2-C6-alkynyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl-C2-C4-alkynyl or C3- C6-halocycloalkyl-C2-C4-alkynyl. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P2.
According to still another embodiment, R2 is phenyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular phenyl-Ci-C2-alkyl, such as benzyl, wherein the alkyl moiety in each case is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R12a as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular F and CI, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, and CN, and wherein the phenyl in each case is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R12b as as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular CI and F, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, C1-C4- alkyl, in particular CH3 or C2H5, and CN. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P2.
According to still another embodiment, R2 is phenyl-C2-C4-alkenyl, in particular phenyl-C2-C3- alkenyl, such as phenylethenyl, wherein the alkenyl moiety in each case is unsubstituted or car- ries one, two or three R12a as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular F and CI, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, and CN, and wherein the phenyl in each case is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R12b as defined and preferably de- fined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular CI and F, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular CH3 or C2H5, and CN.
According to still another embodiment, R2 is phenyl-C2-C4-alkynyl, in particular phenyl-C2-C3- alkynyl, such as phenylethinyl, wherein the alkynyl moiety in each case is unsubstituted or car- ries one, two or three R12a, as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular F and CI, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, and CN, and wherein the phenyl in each case is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R12b as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular CI and F, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular CH3 or C2H5, and CN.
According to still another embodiment, R2 is Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl, such as C3H5 (cyclopropyl), C4H7 (cyclobutyl), cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl. A further embodiment relates to compounds, wherein R2 is Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl, such as C3H5 (cyclopropyl) or C4H7 (cyclobutyl), that is substituted by one, two, three four or five or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R12b as defined and preferably de- fined herein. According to a specific embodiment thereof, R2 is Cs-Cs-halocycloalkyl, in particular C3-C6-halocycloalkyl, such as halocyclopropyl, in particular 1 -F-cyclopropyl or 1 -CI- cyclopropyl. According to a further specific embodiment thereof, R2 is C3-Cs-cycloalkyl-C3-Cs- cycloalkyl, in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl-C3-C6-cycloalkyl, wherein each of said cycloalkyl- cycloalkyl moieties is unsubstituted or carries one, two or three R12b as defined and preferably defined herein.
According to still another embodiment, R2 is phenyl, wherein the phenyl is unsubstituted or carries one, two, three, four or five independently selected R12b as defined and preferably defined herein, in particular selected from halogen, in particular CI and F, Ci-C4-alkoxy, in particular OCH3, Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular CH3 or C2H5, and CN.
In a further embodiment of the invention, R2 is selected from Ci-C6-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl and C2- C6-alkynyl, wherein the R2 are in each case unsubstituted or are substituted by R12a and/or R12b as defined and preferably defined herein. In each case, the substituents may also have the preferred meanings for the respective substituent as defined above. Specific embodiments thereof can be found in the below Table P2.
R12a are the possible substituents for any aliphatic moiety of R1 and/or R2 and can independently be defined for R1 and R2.
R12a according to the invention is independently selected from halogen, OH, CN, nitro, C1-C4- alkoxy, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-halocycloalkyl and CrC4-halogenalkoxy.
According to one embodiment R12a is independently selected from halogen, OH, CN, CrC2- alkoxy, C3-C6-cycloalkyl, C3-C6-halocycloalkyl and CrC2-halogenalkoxy. Specifically, R12a is independently selected from F, CI, OH, CN, CrC2-alkoxy, cyclopropyl, 1 -F-cyclopropyl, 1 -CI- cyclopropyl and CrC2-halogenalkoxy.
R12b are the possible substituents for any cycloalkyl and/or phenyl moiety of R1 and/or R2 and can independently be defined for R1 and R2.
R12b according to the invention is is independently selected from halogen, OH, CN, nitro, C1-C4- alkyl, CrC4-alkoxy, CrC4-halogenalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-halocycloalkyl and Ci-C4- halogenalkoxy.
According to one embodiment R12b is independently selected from halogen, CN, nitro, C-i-C2- alkyl, CrC2-alkoxy, Ci-C2-halogenalkyl, C3-C6-cycloalkyl, C3-C6-halocycloalkyl and Ci-C2- halogenalkoxy. Specifically, R12b is independently selected from F, CI, OH, CN, nitro, CH3, OCH3, cyclopropyl, 1 -F-cyclopropyl, 1 -CI-cyclopropyl and halogenmethoxy.
Particularly preferred embodiments of R2 according to the invention are in Table P2 below, wherein each line of lines P2-1 to P2-87 corresponds to one particular embodiment of the invention, wherein P2-1 to P2-87 are also in any combination a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
Figure imgf000027_0001
Figure imgf000028_0001
Particularly preferred embodiments of combination of R1 and R2 according to the invention are given in Table A below, wherein each line of lines A-1 to A-56 corresponds to one particular embodiment of the invention, wherein A-1 to A-56 are also in any combination a preferred embodiment for combinations of R1 and R2 of the present invention.
Figure imgf000028_0002
Figure imgf000029_0001
According to the invention, there can be zero, one, two, three or four R3 present, namely for n is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4.
According to one embodiment, n is 0.
According to a further embodiment, n is 1 . According to still a further embodiment, n is 1 or 2.
According to still a further embodiment, n is 2 or 3. According to one specific embodiment thereof, n is 2, according to a further specific embodiment, n is 3.
According to one embodiment of the invention, one R3 is attached to the 2-position (R31).
According to one specific embodiment thereof, n is 1 , according to a further specific
embodiment, n is 2.
According to one embodiment of the invention, one R3 is attached to the 3-position (R32).
According to one specific embodiment thereof, n is 1 , according to a further specific
embodiment, n is 2.
According to a further embodiment of the invention, one R3 is attached to the 5-position (R34). According to one specific embodiment thereof, n is 1 , according to a further specific
embodiment, n is 2.
According to still a further embodiment, n is 1 , 2 or 3 and one R3 is in 2- or 6-position.
According to a further embodiment of the invention, two R3 are attached in 2, 3-position.
According to one specific embodiment thereof, n is 2, according to a further specific
embodiment, n is 3.
According to a further embodiment of the invention, two R3 are attached in 2, 5-position.
According to one specific embodiment thereof, n is 2, according to a further specific
embodiment, n is 3.
According to a further embodiment of the invention, two R3 are attached in 2, 6-position.
According to one specific embodiment thereof, n is 2, according to a further specific
embodiment, n is 3. According to a further embodiment of the invention, two R3 are attached in 3,5-position.
According to one specific embodiment thereof, n is 2, according to a further specific
embodiment, n is 3.
For every R3 (or R31, R32, R34, R35, respectively) that is present in the inventive compounds, the following embodiments and preferences apply independently of the meaning of any other R3 (or R31, R32, R33, R34, R35, respectively) that may be present in the phenyl ring. Furthermore, the particular embodiments and preferences given herein for R3 (or R31, R32, R33, R34, R35, respectively) apply independently for each of n=1 , n=2, n=3 and n=4.
According to the invention, each R3 is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO2, OH, SH, Ci-C6-alkyl, Ci-C6-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyloxy, NH2, NH(Ci-C4-alkyl), N(Ci-C4-alkyl)2, N H(C3-C6-cycloalkyl), N(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)2, S(0)P(Ci-C4- alkyl), C(=0)(Ci-C4-alkyl), C(=0)(OH), C(=0)(0-Ci-C4-alkyl), C(=0)(NH(Ci-C4-alkyl)),
C(=0)(N(Ci-C4-alkyl)2), C(=0)(NH(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)) and C(=0)-(N(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)2); wherein each of R3 is unsubstituted or further substituted by one, two, three or four R3a; wherein R3a is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO2, OH, Ci-C4-alkyl, Ci-C4-haloalkyl, Cs-Cs- cycloalkyl, C3-Cs-halocycloalkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy and Ci-C4-haloalkoxy.
According to one embodiment, R3 is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO2, C1-C4- alkyl, Ci-C4-haloalkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Ci-C4-haloalkoxy, C2-C4-alkenyl, C2-C4-haloalkenyl, C2-C4- alkynyl, C2-C4-haloalkynyl, C3-C6-cycloalkyl, C3-C6-halocycloalkyl, S(Ci-C2-alkyl), S(0)(Ci-C2- alkyl), S(0)2(Ci-C2-alkyl), C(=0)(Ci-C2-alkyl), C(=0)(OH) and C(=0)(0-Ci-C2-alkyl).
According to a further embodiment, R3 is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO2, OH, SH, d-Ce-alkyl, Ci-C6-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs- cycloalkyloxy, NH2, NH(Ci-C4-alkyl), N(Ci-C4-alkyl)2, N H(C3-C6-cycloalkyl), N(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)2, S(0)P(Ci-C4-alkyl) (p=0, 1 or 2), C(=0)(Ci-C4-alkyl), C(=0)(OH), C(=0)(0-Ci-C4-alkyl),
C(=0)(NH(Ci-C4-alkyl)), C(=0)(N(Ci-C4-alkyl)2), C(=0)(NH(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)) and C(=0)- (N(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)2); wherein each of R3 is unsubstituted or further substituted by one, two, three or four R3a, wherein R3a is as defined and preferably defined herein.
According to still a further embodiment, R3 is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO2, Ci-C4-alkyl, Ci-C4-haloalkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Ci-C4-haloalkoxy, C2-C4-alkenyl, C2-C4-haloalkenyl, C2-C4-alkynyl, C2-C4-haloalkynyl, C3-C6-cycloalkyl, C3-C6-halocycloalkyl, S(Ci-C2-alkyl), S(0)(Ci- C2-alkyl), S(0)2(Ci-C2-alkyl), C(=0)(Ci-C2-alkyl), C(=0)(OH) and C(=0)(0-Ci-C2-alkyl).
According to still a further embodiment, R3 is independently selected from F, CI, Br, CN , C1-C4- alkyl, Ci-C4-haloalkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Ci-C4-haloalkoxy, S(Ci-C4-alkyl), S(0)(Ci-C4-alkyl) and S(0)2(Ci-C4-alkyl).
According to one specific embodiment, R3 is halogen, in particular Br, F or CI, more specifically F or CI.
According to a further specific embodiment, R3 is CN.
According to a further specific embodiment, R3 is Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular Ci-C4-alkyl, such as CH3.
According to a further specific embodiment, R3 is Ci-C6-haloalkyl, in particular Ci-C4-haloalkyl, such as CF3, CHF2, CH2F, CCI3, CHCI2 or CH2CI. According to a further specific embodiment, R3 is Ci-C6-alkoxy, in particular Ci-C4-alkoxy, more specifically Ci-C2-alkoxy such as OCH3 or OCH2CH3.
According to a further specific embodiment, R3 is Ci-C6-haloalkoxy, in particular C1-C4- haloalkoxy, more specifically Ci-C2-haloalkoxy such as OCF3, OCHF2, OCH2F, OCCI3, OCHC or OCH2CI, in particular OCF3, OCHF2, OCCI3 or OCHCb.
According to still a further embodiment, R3 is C2-C6-alkenyl or C2-C6-haloalkenyl, in particular C2-C4-alkenyl or C2-C4-haloalkenyl, such as CH=CH2.
According to still a further embodiment, R3 is C2-C6-alkynyl or C2-C6-haloalkynyl, in particular C2-C4-alkynyl or C2-C4-haloalkynyl, such as C CH.
According to still a further embodiment, R3 is selected from C(=0)(Ci-C4-alkyl), C(=0)(OH), C(=0)(0-Ci-C4-alkyl), C(=0)(NH(Ci-C4-alkyl)), C(=0)(N(Ci-C4-alkyl)2), C(=0)(NH(C3-C6- cycloalkyl)) and C(=0)(N(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)2), in particular selected from C(=0)(Ci-C2-alkyl), C(=0)(OH), C(=0)(0-Ci-C2-alkyl), C(=0)(NH(Ci-C2-alkyl)), C(=0)(N(Ci-C2-alkyl)2),
C(=0)(NH(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)) and C(=0)(N(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)2). According to one specific embodiment thereof, R3 is C(=0)(OH) or C(=0)(0-Ci-C4-alkyl), in particular C(=0)(OCH3).
According to still a further embodiment, R3 is selected from S(Ci-C2-alkyl), S(0)(Ci-C2-alkyl) and S(0)2(Ci-C2-alkyl), in particular SCH3, S(0)(CH3) and S(0)2(CH3).
R3a is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO2, OH, Ci-C4-alkyl, Ci-C4-haloalkyl, C3-C8- cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-halocycloalkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy and Ci-C4-halogenalkoxy, in particular selected from halogen, CN, Ci-C2-alkyl, Ci-C2-haloalkyl, C3-C6-cycloalkyl, C3-C6-halocycloalkyl, C1-C2- alkoxy and Ci-C2-halogenalkoxy. Specifically, R3a is independently selected from F, CI, CN, OH, CH3, halomethyl, cyclopropyl, halocyclopropyl, OCH3 and halogenmethoxy.
Particularly preferred embodiments of R3 according to the invention are in Table P3 below, wherein each line of lines P3-1 to P3-16 corresponds to one particular embodiment of the invention, wherein P3-1 to P3-16 are also in any combination with one another a preferred embodiment of the present invention. Thereby, for every R3 that is present in the inventive compounds, these specific embodiments and preferences apply independently of the meaning of any other R3 that may be present in the phenyl ring:
Table P3:
Figure imgf000031_0004
Figure imgf000031_0002
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000031_0003
Particularly preferred embodiments of (R3)n according to the invention are in Table P33 below, wherein each line of lines P33-1 to P33-60 corresponds to one particular embodiment of the invention, wherein P33-1 to P33-60 are also in any combination a preferred embodiment of the present invention. Table P33:
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000032_0002
Each R4 according to the present invention is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO2, OH, SH, d-Ce-alkyl, Ci-C6-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8- cycloalkyloxy, NH2, NH(Ci-C4-alkyl), N(Ci-C4-alkyl)2, NH(C3-C6-cycloalkyl), N(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)2, S(0)P(Ci-C4-alkyl), C(=0)(Ci-C4-alkyl), C(=0)(OH), C(=0)(0-Ci-C4-alkyl), C(=0)(NH(Ci-C4- alkyl)), C(=0)(N(Ci-C4-alkyl)2), C(=0)(NH(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)) and C(=0)-(N(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)2); wherein each of R4 is unsubstituted or further substituted by one, two, three or four R4a independently selected from halogen, CN, NO2, OH, Ci-C4-alkyl, Ci-C4-haloalkyl, C3-C8- cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-halocycloalkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy and Ci-C4-haloalkoxy.
According to the invention, there can be zero, one, two, three, four or five R4 present, namely for m is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5. In particular, m is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4. According to one embodiment, m is 0.
According to a further embodiment, m is 1 , 2, 3 or 4, in particular 1 , 2 or 3, more specifically 1 or 2. According to one specific embodiment thereof, m is 1 , according to a further specific embodiment, m is 2.
According to still a further embodiment, m is 2, 3 or 4.
According to still a further embodiment, m is 3.
According to one embodiment of the invention, one R4 is attached to the para-position (4- position).
According to a further embodiment of the invention, one R4 is attached to the meta-position (3- position).
According to a further embodiment of the invention, one R4 is attached to the ortho-position (2- position).
According to a further embodiment of the invention, two R4 are attached in 2,4-position.
According to a further embodiment of the invention, two R4 are attached in 2,3-position.
According to a further embodiment of the invention, two R4 are attached in 2,5-position.
According to a further embodiment of the invention, two R4 are attached in 2,6-position.
According to a further embodiment of the invention, two R4 are attached in 3,4-position.
According to a further embodiment of the invention, two R4 are attached in 3,5-position.
According to a further embodiment of the invention, three R4 are attached in 2,4,6-position. For every R4 that is present in the inventive compounds, the following embodiments and preferences apply independently of the meaning of any other R4 that may be present in the phenyl ring. Furthermore, the particular embodiments and preferences given herein for R4 apply independently for each of m=1 , m=2, m=3, m= 4 and m=5.
According to one embodiment, R4 is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO2, OH, SH, Ci-C6-alkyl, Ci-C6-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyloxy, NH2, NH(Ci-C4-alkyl), N(Ci-C4-alkyl)2, N H(C3-C6-cycloalkyl), N(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)2, S(0)P(Ci-C4- alkyl) (p=0, 1 or 2), C(=0)(Ci-C4-alkyl), C(=0)(OH), C(=0)(0-Ci-C4-alkyl), C(=0)(NH(Ci-C4- alkyl)), C(=0)(N(Ci-C4-alkyl)2), C(=0)(NH(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)) and C(=0)-(N(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)2); wherein each of R4 is unsubstituted or further substituted by one, two, three or four
independently selected R4a, wherein R4a is as defined and preferably defined herein.
According to a further embodiment, R4 is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO2, Ci-C4- alkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, C2-C4-alkenyl, C2-C4-alkynyl, C3-C6-cycloalkyl, C3-C6-cycloalkyloxy, NH2, NH(Ci-C42-alkyl), N(Ci-C2-alkyl)2, S(0)P(Ci-C2-alkyl) (p=0, 1 or 2), C(=0)(Ci-C2-alkyl),
C(=0)(OH) and C(=0)(0-Ci-C2-alkyl), wherein each of R4 is unsubstituted or further substituted by one, two, three or four independently selected R4a, wherein R4a is as defined and preferably defined herein.
According to a further embodiment, R4 is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO2, Ci-C4- alkyl, Ci-C4-haloalkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Ci-C4-haloalkoxy, C2-C4-alkenyl, C2-C4-haloalkenyl, C2-C4- alkynyl, C2-C4-haloalkynyl, C3-C6-cycloalkyl, C3-C6-halocycloalkyl, S(Ci-C2-alkyl), S(0)(Ci-C2- alkyl), S(0)2(Ci-C2-alkyl), C(=0)(Ci-C2-alkyl), C(=0)(OH) and C(=0)(0-Ci-C2-alkyl).
According to a further embodiment, R4 is independently selected from halogen, CN, N02, Ci-C2- alkyl, Ci-C2-haloalkyl, Ci-C2-alkoxy, Ci-C2-haloalkoxy, S(Ci-C2-alkyl), S(0)(Ci-C2-alkyl), S(0)2(Ci-C2-alkyl), C(=0)(OH) and C(=0)(0-Ci-C2-alkyl).
According to a further embodiment, R4 is independently selected from F, CI, Br, CN, Ci-C4-alkyl, Ci-C4-haloalkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Ci-C4-haloalkoxy, S(Ci-C4-alkyl), S(0)(Ci-C4-alkyl) and S(0)2(Ci- C4-alkyl).
According to still a further specific embodiment, R4 is independently selected from halogen, in particular from Br, F and CI, more specifically from F and CI.
According to a further specific embodiment, R4 is CN.
According to one further embodiment R4 is N02.
According to one further embodiment R4 is OH.
According to one further embodiment R4 is SH.
According to a further specific embodiment, R4 is Ci-C6-alkyl, in particular Ci-C4-alkyl, such as CH3. Further appropriate alkyls are ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl and t-butyl.
According to a further specific embodiment, R4 is Ci-C6-haloalkyl, in particular Ci-C4-haloalkyl, such as CF3, CHF2, CH2F, CCI3, CHCI2 or CH2CI.
According to a further specific embodiment R4 is Ci-C6-alkyl, preferably Ci-C4-alkyl, substituted by OH, more preferably CH2OH, CH2CH2OH, CH2CH2CH2OH, CH(CH3)CH2OH,
CH2CH(CH3)OH, CH2CH2CH2CH2OH. In a special embodiment R4 is CH2OH. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is Ci-C6-alkyl, preferably Ci-C4-alkyl substituted by CN, more preferably CH2CN, CH2CH2CN, CH2CH2CH2CN, CH(CH3)CH2CN, CH2CH(CH3)CN, CH2CH- 2CH2CH2CN. In a special embodiment R4 is CH2CH2CN. In a further special embodiment R4 is CH(CH3)CN. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is Ci-C4-alkoxy-Ci-C6-alkyl, more preferably Ci-C4-alkoxy-Ci-C4-alkyl. In a special embodiment R4 is CH2OCH3. In a further special embodiment R4 is CH2CH2OCH3. In a further special embodiment R4 is CH(CH3)OCH3. In a further special embodiment R4 is CH(CH3)OCH2CH3. In a further special embodiment R4 is CH2CH2OCH2CH3. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is Ci-C4-haloalkoxy-Ci-C6- alkyl, more preferably Ci-C4-alkoxy-Ci-C4-alkyl. In a special embodiment R4 is CH2OCF3. In a further special embodiment R4 is CH2CH2OCF3. In a further special embodiment R4 is
CH2OCCI3. In a further special embodiment R4 is CH2CH2OCCI3.
According to a further specific embodiment, R4 is Ci-C6-alkoxy, in particular Ci-C4-alkoxy, more specifically Ci-C2-alkoxy such as OCH3 or OCH2CH3.
According to a further specific embodiment, R4 is Ci-C6-haloalkoxy, in particular C1-C4- haloalkoxy, more specifically Ci-C2-haloalkoxy such as OCF3, OCHF2, OCH2F, OCCI3, OCHCI2 or OCH2CI, in particular OCF3, OCHF2, OCCI3 or OCHCI2. According to still a further embodiment, R4 is C2-C6-alkenyl or C2-C6-haloalkenyl, in particular C2-C4-alkenyl or C2-C4-haloalkenyl, such as CH=CH2, CH2CH=CH2, CH=CHCH3 or
C(CH3)=CH2.
According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C2-C6-alkenyl, preferably C2-C4-alkenyl, substi- tuted by OH, more preferably, CH=CHOH, CH=CHCH2OH, C(CH3)=CHOH, CH=C(CH3)OH. In a special embodiment R4 is CH=CHOH. In a further special embodiment R4 is CH=CHCH2OH. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is Ci-C4-alkoxy-C2-C6-alkenyl, more preferably
Ci-C4-alkoxy-C2-C4-alkenyl. In a special embodiment R4 is CH=CHOCH3. In a further special embodiment R4 is CH=CHCH2OCH3. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is Ci-C4- haloalkoxy-C2-C6-alkenyl, more preferably Ci-C4-haloalkoxy-C2-C4-alkenyl. In a special embodiment R4 is CH=CHOCF3. In a further special embodiment R4 is CH=CHCH2OCF3. In a further special embodiment R4 is CH=CHOCCI3. In a further special embodiment R4 is
CH=CHCH2OCCI3. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-C2-C6- alkenyl, preferably C3-C6-cycloalkyl-C2-C4-alkenyl. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C3-C6-halocycloalkyl-C2-C4-alkenyl, preferably C3-C8-halocycloalkyl-C2-C6-alkenyl.
According to still a further embodiment, R4 is C2-C6-alkynyl or C2-C6-haloalkynyl, in particular C2-C4-alkynyl or C2-C4-haloalkynyl, such as C≡CH, CH2CCH or CH2CCCH3.
According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C2-C6-alkynyl, preferably C2-C4-alkynyl, substituted by OH, more preferably, CCOH, CH2CCOH. In a special embodiment R4 is CCOH. In a further special embodiment R4 is CH2CCOH. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is Ci-C4-alkoxy-C2-C6-alkynyl, more preferably Ci-C4-alkoxy-C2-C4-alkynyl. In a special embodiment R4 is CCOCH3. In a further special embodiment R4 is CH2CCOCH3. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is Ci-C4-haloalkoxy-C2-C6-alkynyl, more preferably Ci-C4-haloalkoxy- C2-C4-alkynyl. In a special embodiment R4 is CCOCF3. In a further special embodiment R4 is CH2CCOCF3. In a further special embodiment R4 is CCOCCI3. In a further special embodiment R4 is CH2CCOCCI3. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-C2-C6- alkynyl, preferably C3-C6-cycloalkyl-C2-C4-alkynyl. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C3-C6-halocycloalkyl-C2-C4-alkynyl, preferably C3-C8-halocycloalkyl-C2-C6-alkynyl.
According to one another embodiment R4 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl, preferably cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, in particular cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl. In a special embodiment R4 is cyclopropyl. In a further special embodiment R4 is cyclobutyl. In a further special embodiment R4 is cyclopentyl. In a further special embodiment R4 is cyclohexyl.
According to one another embodiment R4 is C3-C8-cycloalkoxy, preferably C3-C6-cycloalkoxy. In a special embodiment R4 is O-cyclopropyl.
According to a specific embodiment R4 is C3-C8-halocycloalkyl, more preferably fully or partially halogenated C3-C6-cycloalkyl. In a special embodiment R4 is fully or partially halogenated cyclopropyl. In a further special embodiment R4 is 1 -CI-cyclopropyl. In a further special embodiment R4 is 2-CI-cyclopropyl. In a further special embodiment R4 is 1 -F-cyclopropyl. In a further special embodiment R4 is 2-F-cyclopropyl. In a further special embodiment R4 is fully or partially halo- genated cyclobutyl. In a further special embodiment R4 is 1 -CI-cyclobutyl. In a further special embodiment R4 is 1 -F-cyclobutyl. In a further special embodiment R4 is 3,3-CI2-cyclobutyl. In a further special embodiment R4 is 3,3-F2-cyclobutyl. According to a specific embodiment R4 is C3- Cs-cycloalkyl substituted by Ci-C4-alkyl, more preferably is C3-C6-cycloalkyl substituted by Ci- C4-alkyl. In a special embodiment R4 is 1 -CH3-cyclopropyl. According to a specific embodiment R4 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl substituted by CN, more preferably is C3-C6-cycloalkyl substituted by CN. In a special embodiment R4 is 1 -CN-cyclopropyl.According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-C3-C8-cycloalkyl, preferably C3-C6-cycloalkyl-C3-C6-cycloalkyl. In a special embodiment R4 is cyclopropyl-cyclopropyl. In a special embodiment R4 is 2-cyclopropyl- cyclopropyl. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl-Cs-Cs- halocycloalkyl, preferably C3-C6-cycloalkyl-C3-C6-halocycloalkyl.
According to one another embodiment R4 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, preferably C3-C6- cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl. In a special embodiment R4 is CH(CH3)(cyclopropyl). In a further special embodiment R4 is CH2-(cyclopropyl).
According to a further preferred embodiment R4 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety can be substituted by one, two, three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups Ra as defined and preferably herein and the cycloalkyi moiety can be substituted by one, two, three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups Rb as defined and preferably herein.
According to a specific embodiment R4 is C3-C8-cycloalkyl-Ci-C4-haloalkyl, C3-C6-cycloalkyl-Ci- C4-haloalkyl. According to a specific embodiment R4 is C3-C8-halocycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, C3-C6- halocycloalkyl-Ci-C4-alkyl. In a special embodiment R4 is fully or partially halogenated cyclopro- pyl-Ci-C4-alkyl. In a further special embodiment R4 is 1 -CI-cyclopropyl-Ci-C4-alkyl. In a further special embodiment R4 is 1 -F-cyclopropyl-Ci-C4-alkyl.
According to one another embodiment R4 is NH2.
According to one another embodiment R4 is NH(Ci-C4-alkyl). According to a specific embodiment R4 is NH(CH3). According to a specific embodiment R4 is NH(CH2CH3). According to a specific embodiment R4 is NH(CH2CH2CH3). According to a specific embodiment R4 is
NH(CH(CH3)2). According to a specific embodiment R4 is NI-KCI-bCI-bCI-bCHs). According to a specific embodiment R4 is NH(C(CH3)3).
According to one another embodiment R4 is N(Ci-C4-alkyl)2. According to a specific embodiment R4 is N(CH3)2. According to a specific embodiment R4 is N(CH2CH3)2. According to a specific embodiment R4 is N(CH2CH2CH3)2. According to a specific embodiment R4 is N(CH(CH3)2)2.
According to a specific embodiment R4 is N(CH2CH2CH2CH3)2. According to a specific embodiment R4 is NH(C(CH3)3)2.
According to one another embodiment R4 is NH(C3-C8-cycloalkyl) preferably NH(C3-C6- cycloalkyl). According to a specific embodiment R4 is NH(cyclopropyl). According to a specific embodiment R4 is NH(cyclobutyl). According to a specific embodiment R4 is NH(cyclopentyl). According to a specific embodiment R4 is NH(cyclohexyl).
According to one another embodiment R4 is N(C3-C8-cycloalkyl)2 preferably N(C3-C6- cycloalkyl)2. According to a specific embodiment R4 is N(cyclopropyl)2. According to a specific embodiment R4 is N(cyclobutyl)2. According to a specific embodiment R4 is N(cyclopentyl)2.
According to a specific embodiment R4 is N(cyclohexyl)2. According to still a further embodiment, R4 is selected from C(=0)(Ci-C4-alkyl), C(=0)(OH),
C(=0)(0-Ci-C4-alkyl), C(=0)(NH(Ci-C4-alkyl)), C(=0)(N(Ci-C4-alkyl)2), C(=0)(NH(C3-C6- cycloalkyl)) and C(=0)(N(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)2), in particular selected from C(=0)(Ci-C2-alkyl), C(=0)(OH), C(=0)(0-Ci-C2-alkyl), C(=0)(NH(Ci-C2-alkyl)), C(=0)(N(Ci-C2-alkyl)2),
C(=0)(NH(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)) and C(=0)(N(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)2). According to one specific embodiment thereof, R4 is C(=0)(OH) or C(=0)(0-Ci-C4-alkyl), in particular C(=0)(OCH3).
According to one another embodiment R4 is C(=0)(-Ci-C4-alkyl). According to a specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)CH3.. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)CH2CH3. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)CH2CH2CH3. According to a further specific embodi- ment R4 is C(=0)CH(CH3)2. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)C(CH3)3.
According to one another embodiment R4 is C(=0)OH.
According to one another embodiment R4 is C(=0)(-0-Ci-C4-alkyl). According to a specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)OCH3, According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)OCH2CH3. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)OCH2CH2CH3. According to a further spe- cific embodiment R4 is C(=0)OCH(CH3)2. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)OC(CH3)3.
According to one another embodiment R4 is C(=0)-NH(Ci-C4-alkyl). According to a specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)NHCH3, According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)NHCH2CH3. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)NHCH2CH2CH3. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)NHCH(CH3)2. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)NHC(CH3)3.
According to one another embodiment R4 is C(=0)-N(Ci-C4-alkyl)2. According to a specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)N(CH3)2. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is
C(=0)N(CH2CH3)2. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)N(CH2CH2CH3)2. Ac- cording to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)N(CH(CH3)2)2. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)N(C(CH3)3)2.
According to one another embodiment R4 is C(=0)-NH(C3-C6-cycloalkyl). According to a specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)NH(cyclopropyl).. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)NH(cyclobutyl). According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)NH(cyclopentyl). Ac- cording to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)NH(cyclohexyl).
According to one another embodiment R4 is C(=0)-N(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)2. According to a specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)N(cyclopropyl)2. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)N(cyclobutyl)2. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)N(cyclopentyl)2. According to a further specific embodiment R4 is C(=0)N(cyclohexyl)2.
According to still a further embodiment, R4 is selected from S(Ci-C2-alkyl), S(0)(Ci-C2-alkyl) and S(0)2(Ci-C2-alkyl), in particular SCH3, S(0)(CH3) and S(0)2(CH3). According to a specific embodiment R4 is selected from S(Ci-C2-haloalkyl), S(0)(Ci-C2-haloalkyl) and S(0)2(Ci-C2- haloalkyl), such as S02CF3.
Particularly preferred embodiments of R4 according to the invention are in Table P4 below, wherein each line of lines P4-1 to P4-16 corresponds to one particular embodiment of the invention, wherein P4-1 to P4-16 are also in any combination with one another a preferred embodi- ment of the present invention. Thereby, for every R4 that is present in the inventive compounds, these specific embodiments and preferences apply independently of the meaning of any other R4 that may be present in the phenyl ring:
Table P4:
Figure imgf000038_0004
Figure imgf000038_0002
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000038_0003
Particularly preferred embodiments of (R4)m according to the invention are in Table P44 below, wherein each line of lines P44-1 to P44-155 corresponds to one particular embodiment of the invention, wherein P44-1 to P44-155 are also in any combination a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
Table P44
No. (R4)m No. (R4)m No. (R4)m
P44-1 * P44-24 3-CO2CH3 P44-47 3,4,5-Cls
P44-2 2-CI P44-25 4-CO2CH3 P44-48 2,4,6-Cls
P44-3 3-CI P44-26 2,3-CI2 P44-49 2,3,4-Fs
P44-4 4-CI P44-27 2,4-CI2 P44-50 2,4,5-Fs
P44-5 2-F P44-28 2,5-CI2 P44-51 3,4,5-Fs
P44-6 3-F P44-29 3,4-CI2 P44-52 2,4,6-Fs
P44-7 4-F P44-30 3,5-CI2 P44-53 2,3-4-Fs
P44-8 2-CN P44-31 2,6-CI2 P44-54 2,4-F2-3-CI
P44-9 3-CN P44-32 2,3-F2 P44-55 2,6-F2-4-CI
P44-10 4-CN P44-33 2,4-F2 P44-56 2,5-F2-4-CI
P44-1 1 2-NO2 P44-34 2,5-F2 P44-57 2,4-CI2-3-F
P44-12 3-NO2 P44-35 3,4-F2 P44-58 2,6-CI2-4-F
P44-13 4-NO2 P44-36 3,5-F2 P44-59 2,5-CI2-4-F
P44-14 2-SCH3 P44-37 2,6-F2 P44-60 2-CHs
P44-15 3-SCH3 P44-38 2-F-3-CI P44-61 3-CHs
P44-16 4-SCH3 P44-39 2-F-4-CI P44-62 4-CHs
P44-17 2-SOCH3 P44-40 3-F-4-CI P44-63 2-CH2CH3
P44-18 3-SOCH3 P44-41 2-F-6-CI P44-64 3-CH2CH3
P44-19 4-SOCH3 P44-42 2-CI-3-F P44-65 4-CH2CH3
P44-20 2-SO2CH3 P44-43 2-CI-4-F P44-66 2-CF3
P44-21 3-SO2CH3 P44-44 3-CI-4-F P44-67 3-CF3
P44-22 4-SO2CH3 P44-45 2,3,4-C P44-68 4-CF3
P44-23 2-CO2CH3 P44-46 2,4,5-CI3 P44-69 2-CHF2 No. (R4)m No. (R4)m No. (R4)m
P44-70 3-CHF2 P44-103 2,6-(OCH3)2 P44-128 2,3,4-(CHF2)3
P44-71 4-CHF2 P44-104 2,3- P44-129 2,4,5-(CHF2)3
P44-72 2-OCHs (OCH2CH3)2 P44-130 3,4,5-(CHF2)3
P44-73 3-OCHs P44-105 2,4- P44-131 2,4,6-(CHF2)3
P44-74 4-OCHs (OCH2CH3)2 P44-132 2,3,4-(OCH3)3
P44-75 2-OCH2CH3 P44-106 3,4- P44-133 2,4,5-(OCH3)3
P44-76 3-OCH2CH3 (OCH2CH3)2 P44-134 3,4,5-(OCH3)3
P44-77 4-OCH2CH3 P44-107 2,6- P44-135 2,4,6-(OCH3)3
P44-78 2-OCF3 (OCH2CH3)2 P44-136 2,3,4-
P44-79 3-OCF3 P44-108 2,3-(OCF3)2 (OCH2CH3)3
P44-80 4-OCF3 P44-109 2,4-(OCF3)2 P44-137 2,4,5-
P44-81 2-OCHF2 P44-1 10 3,4-(OCF3)2 (OCH2CH3)3
P44-82 3-OCHF2 P44-1 1 1 2,6-(OCF3)2 P44-138 3,4,5-
P44-83 4-OCHF2 P44-1 12 2,3-(OCHF2)2 (OCH2CH3)3
P44-84 2,3-(CH3)2 P44-1 13 2,4-(OCHF2)2 P44-139 2,4,6-
P44-85 2,4-(CH3)2 P44-1 14 3,4-(OCHF2)2 (OCH2CH3)3
P44-86 3,4-(CH3)2 P44-1 15 2,6-(OCHF2)2 P44-140 2,3,4-(OCF3)3
P44-87 2,6-(CH3)2 P44-1 16 2,3,4-(CH3)3 P44-141 2,4,5-(OCF3)3
P44-88 2,3-(CH2CH3)2 P44-1 17 2,4,5-(CH3)3 P44-142 3,4,5-(OCF3)3
P44-89 2,4-(CH2CH3)2 P44-1 18 3,4,5-(CH3)3 P44-143 2,4,6-(OCF3)3
P44-90 3,4-(CH2CH3)2 P44-1 19 2,4,6-(CH3)3 P44-144 2,3,4-(OCHF2)3
P44-91 2,6-(CH2CH3)2 P44-120 2,3,4- P44-145 2,4,5-(OCHF2)3
P44-92 2,3-(CF3)2 (CH2CH3)3 P44-146 3,4,5-(OCHF2)3
P44-93 2,4-(CF3)2 P44-121 2,4,5- P44-147 2,4,6-(OCHF2)3
P44-94 3,4-(CF3)2 (CH2CH3)3 P44-148 2-CF3-4-CI
P44-95 2,6-(CF3)2 P44-122 3,4,5- P44-149 2-CF3-4-F
P44-96 2,3-(CHF2)2 (CH2CH3)3 P44-150 2-CI-4-CF3
P44-97 2,4-(CHF2)2 P44-123 2,4,6- P44-151 2-F-4-CF3
P44-98 3,4-(CHF2)2 (CH2CH3)3 P44-152 2-CN-4-CI
P44-99 2,6-(CHF2)2 P44-124 2,3,4-(CF3)3 P44-153 2-CN-4-F
P44-100 2,3-(OCH3)2 P44-125 2,4,5-(CF3)3 P44-154 2-CI-4-CN
P44-101 2,4-(OCH3)2 P44-126 3,4,5-(CF3)3 P44-155 2-F-4-CN
P44-102 3,4-(OCH3)2 P44-127 2,4,6-(CF3)3
In particular, in the inventive process, compounds III. a are used to obtain compounds II. a and, then may be further reacted to compounds la, and optionally further reacted to the respective I- 1 compounds (containing "OR2" see above):
II. a
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Wherein the substituents are as defined and preferably defined above. In particular, the substituents have the following preferred meanings. There, the specific meanings of the respective substituents are in each case on their own but also in any combination with one another, particular embodiments of the present invention.
According to one particular embodiment of the invention, in the compounds I (or 1-1 ), II and III, respectively, R1 is (Ci-C4)-alkyl, (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl or (C2-C4)-alkinyl. Preferably, R1 is (C1-C4)- alkyl, (C3)-cycloalkyl or (Cs)-alkinyl. In one specific embodiment thereof, R1 is CH3. In a further specific embodiment R1 is C2H5. In still a further specific embodiment R1 is n-(C3H7). In still a further specific embodiment R1 is i-(C3H7). In still a further specific embodiment R1 is C(CH3)3. In still a further embodiment R1 is cyclopropyl. In still a further embodiment R1 is C≡C-CH3.
According to one particular embodiment of the invention, in the compounds 1-1 , R2 is (C1-C3)- alkyl, (C2-C4)-alkenyl or (C2-C4)-alkynyl, in particular hydrogen, (Ci-C3)-alkyl, (C2-C3)-alkenyl or (C2-C4)-alkynyl. Preferably, R2 is (Ci-C3)-alkyl. In a further specifc embodiment R2 is CH3. In still a further specific embodiment R2 is C2H5. In still a further specifc embodiment R2 is n-(C3H7). In still a further specific embodiment R2 is i-(C3H7). In still a further specifc embodiment R2 is CH2CH=CH2 (allyl). In still a further specific embodiment R2 is CH2C(CH3)=CH2. In still a further specific embodiment R2 is CH2C≡CH.
According to one particular embodiment of the invention, in the compounds I (or 1-1 ), II and III, respectively, R3 is CI or CF3. In one embodiment R3 is CI. In the further embodiment, R3 is CF3.
According to one particular embodiment of the invention, in the compounds I (or 1-1 ), II and III, respectively, R4 is is CI or F. In one embodiment R4 is CI. In the further embodiment R4 is F.
Specifically, the following compounds 1.1 to 1.18 and 1.19 to 1.31 can advantageously be prepared using the process according to the present invention:
compound .1 2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)pent-3-yn-2-ol; compound .2 1 -[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-1 -cyclopropyl-2-(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 - yl)ethanol;
compound .3 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)propan- 2-ol;
compound .4 1 -[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -cyclopropyl-2-(1 ,2,4- triazol-1 -yl)ethanol;
compound .5 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-methyl-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 - yl)butan-2-ol;
compound .6 1 -[2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-2-methoxy-pent-3-ynyl]-1 ,2,4- triazole; compound 7 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)butan-2- ol;
compound .8 1 -[2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-2-cyclopropyl-2-methoxy-ethyl]- 1 ,2,4-triazole;
compound .9 1 -[2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-methoxy-propyl]-1 ,2,4- triazole;
compound .10 2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-3,3-dimethyl-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazoM - yl)butan-2-ol,
compound .1 1 1 -[2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-cyclopropyl-2-methoxy- ethyl]-1 ,2,4-triazole;
compound .12 1 -[2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-2-methoxy-3,3-dimethyl-butyl]- 1 ,2,4-triazole;
compound .13 1 -[2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-methoxy-butyl] 1 ,2,4- triazole;
compound .14 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)pent-3- yn-2-ol;
compound .15 1 -[2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-methoxy-pent-3-ynyl]- 1 ,2,4-triazole;
compound .16 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)but-3-yn- 2-ol;
compound .17 2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)propan-2-ol; and compound .18 2-[2-chloro-4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)propan-2-ol.
compound .19 2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-3-methyl-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)butan-2- ol;
compound .20 1 -[2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-2-methoxy-propyl]-1 ,2,4-triazole; compound .21 1 -[2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-2-methoxy-butyl]-1 ,2,4-riazole; compound .22 1 -[2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-2-methoxy-pentyl]-1 ,2,4-triazole; compound .23 2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-1 ,1 ,1 -trifluoro-3-(1 ,2,4-triazoM - yl)propan-2-ol;
compound .24 2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-3-fluoro-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)butan-2-ol hydrochloride;
compound .25 2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)pent-4-yn-2-ol; compound .26 2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-1 -methoxy-3-(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 - yl)propan-2-ol;
compound 1.27 2-[2-chloro-4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl]-1 -methoxy-3-(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)propan-
2-ol; compound 1.28 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)pentan- 2-ol;
compound 1.29 and2-[4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 - yl)propan-2-ol;
compound 1.30 2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)butan-2-ol; and compound 1.31 2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)pentan-2-ol.
Specifically, the following compounds IC.1 to IC.7 can advantageously be prepared using the process according to the present invention:
compound IC.1 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)propan- 2-ol;
compound IC.2 1 -[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -cyclopropyl-2-(1 ,2,4- triazol-1 -yl)ethanol;
compound IC.3 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-methyl-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 - yl)butan-2-ol;
compound IC.4 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)butan-2- ol;
compound IC.5 1 -[2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-methoxy-propyl]-1 ,2,4- triazole;
compound IC.6 1 -[2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-cyclopropyl-2-methoxy- ethyl]-1 ,2,4-triazole;
compound IC.7 1 -[2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-methoxy-butyl]1 ,2,4- triazole.
Compounds I comprise chiral centers and they are generally obtained in the form of racemates. The R- and S-enantiomers of the compounds can be separated and isolated in pure form with methods known by the skilled person, e.g. by using chiral HPLC. Furthermore, components I can be present in different crystal modifications, which may differ in biological activity.
The compounds according to the invention may be present in various crystal modifications. They are likewise provided by the present invention.
Furthermore, using the inventive crystallization step, solvates may occur, in particular from any one of compounds 1.1 to 1.18 that are likewise comprised by the present invention. A further ascpect of the invention is, therefore, a crystalline solvate of compound I, in particular a crystalline solvate with a compounds I selected from 1.1 , 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 1.10, 1.1 1 , 1.12, 1.13, 1.14, 1.15, 1.16, 1.17 and 1.18. In particular, the solvate is formed using an aliphatic alocohol as detailed abovem, in particular methanol or ethanol.
It was surprisingly found that the process of the present invention allows to prepare a specific crystalline form of 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 - yl)propane-2-ol (compound 1.3), hereinafter also termed form A of compound 1.3, which has not yet been described sofar and which has beneficial properties in comparison with the known sol- id forms of the compound 1.3. 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol- 1 -yl)propane-2-ol is a compound of formula I, where R1 is methyl, (R3)n is trifloromethyl, which is located in the meta postion with respect to the phenoxy radical and is (R4)m chlorine, which is located para with respect to the oxygen atom.
Form A of compound 1.3 can be caracterized by its X-ray powder diffractogram at 25°C using Cu-Ka radiation. Said X-ray powder diffractogram shows at least six, in particular at least 8, more particularly at least 10 or 12 and especially all of the fifteen following reflexes, given in the following table 1 as 2Θ values and d-spacings:
Table 1 : Relevant reflections in the XRPD pattern of crystalline form of Form A of compound 1.3
Figure imgf000043_0001
A skilled person appreciates understands that Cu-Ka radiation is electromagnetic radiation having maximum intensity at wavelength of 1 .54178 A.
Therefore, a further aspect of the present invention relates to a crystalline form A of 2-[4-(4- chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)propane-2-ol, as described above
The crystal form A of compound 1.3 according to the invention is easier to handle than the previously known form of compound 1.3 (known e.g. from PCT/EP2012/063626), since during production form A is obtained in the form of discrete crystals or crystallites having increased particle size in comparison to other forms of compound 1.3. Increased particle size and the compact habit of form A facilitates filtration from mother liquour and allows easer drying of the solid material.
Compared to the known forms of compound 1.3, pure form A is likely to display increased stability with regard to conversion into another modification. The stability of formulations which con- tain the compound 1.3 in form A is likely higher than the stability of formulations which contain mixtures of different modifications of compound 1.3. The terms "pure form A" should be understood to mean that the proportion of the modification in question, based on the total quantity of compound 1.3, is at least 80 % by weight in particular at least 90 % by weight and especially at least 95 % by weight. Accordingly, a further object of the present invention relates a composi- tion of the compound 1.3 which at least 80 % by weight, in particular at least 90 % by weight or at least 95 % by weight consists of the crystalline form A, based on the total amount of the compound 1.3, contained in the composition.
Furthermore, form A of compound 1.3 may be distinguished from the known forms of compound 1.3 by differences in one or more of the following properties: solubility, vapor pressure, dissolu- tion rate, stability against a phase change into a different modification, stability during grinding, suspension stability, optical and mechanical properties, hygroscopicity, crystal form and size, filterability, density, melting point, stability to decomposition, color and even chemical reactivity or biological activity.
Studies on single crystals of form A of compound 1.3 demonstrate that the underlying crystal structure is orthorhombic. The unit cell has the space group Iba2. The characteristic data of the crystal structure of form A (determined at 100 K, Cu-Ka radiation) are compiled in the following table 2.
Table 2: Crystallographic characteristics of form A of compound 1.3
Figure imgf000044_0001
a,b,c = unit cell length
α,β,γ = unit cell angle
Z = number of molecules in the unit cell Form A of compound 1.3 displays a thermogram with a characteristic melting peak in the range from 120 to 135°C. The melting point, determined as the onset of the melting peak, typically lies in the range from about 125°C to 126°C. The values quoted here relate to values determined by differential calorimetry (differential scanning calorimetry: DSC, crimped but vented aluminium pans, heating rate 10 K/min, vented with nitrogen 150 ml/min).
Form A of compound 1.3 was prepared by example C.1 as described hereinafter, followed by crystallization from a solution of compound 1.3 in an aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, such as toluene. Preferably, crystallization is achieved by cooling a hot solution of compound 1.3 in the aromatic hydrocarbon solvent. Preferably, the hot solution has a temperature of at least 60°, e.g. from 70 to 1 10°C. Preferably cooling is performed with controlled cooling rate, the cooling rate being in particular from 1 to 20 k/h, in particular from 2 to 10 k/h. Single crystals of form A of compound 1.3 were obtained from slow evaporation of a solution of compound 1.3 in acetoni- trile.
The crystallization of form A can be promoted or accelerated by seeding with seed crystals of form A of compound 1.3, for example by adding seed crystals of form 3 before or during the crystallization. If seed crystals are added during the crystallization, the quantity thereof is typically 0.001 to 10 wt.%, often 0.005 to 5 wt.%, in particular 0.01 to 1 wt.% and especially 0.05 to 0.5 wt.%, based on the total amount of compound 1.3 to be crystallized.
It was also surprisingly found that the process of the present invention allows to prepare a spe- cific crystalline form of 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-methyl-1 -(1 ,2,4- triazol-1 -yl)butane-2-ol (compound 1.5), hereinafter also termed form A of compound 1.5, which has not yet been described sofar and which has beneficial properties in comparison with the known solid forms of the compound 1.5. 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3- methyl-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)butane-2-ol is a compound of formula I , where R1 is isopropyl, (R3)n is trifloromethyl, which is located in the meta postion with respect to the phenoxy radical and is (R4)m chlorine, which is located para with respect to the oxygen atom.
Form A of compound 1.5 can be caracterized by its X-ray powder diffractogram at 25°C and Cu- Ka radiation, which shows at least six, in particular at least 8, more particularly at least 10 or 12 and especially all of the fourteen following reflexes, given as 2Θ values and d-spacings in the following table 3:
Table 3: Relevant reflections in the XRPD pattern of compound 1.5 form A
2Θ values [°] d [A]
6.26±0.2 14.1 1
1 1 .68±0.2 7.58
12.52±0.2 7.07
13.64±0.2 6.49
14.69±0.2 6.03
18.84±0.2 4.71 2Θ values [°] d [A]
19.36±0.2 4.59
20.44±0.2 4.35
21 .32±0.2 4.17
22.02±0.2 4.04
22.99±0.2 3.87
24.18±0.2 3.68
25.22±0.2 3.53
25.68±0.2 3.47
Therefore, a further aspect of the present invention relates to a crystalline form A of 2-[4-(4- chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-methyl-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)butane-2-ol, as described above.
The crystal form A of compound 1.5 according to the invention is easier to handle than the previously known forms of compound 1.5 (known e.g. from PCT/EP2012/063626), since during production form A is obtained in the form of discrete crystals or crystallites having increased particle size in comparison to other forms of compound 1.5. Increased particle size and the compact habit of form A facilitates filtration from mother liquour and allows easer drying of the solid mate- rial.
Compared to the known forms of compound 1.5, pure form A is likely to display increased stability with regard to conversion into another modification. The stability of formulations which contain the compound 1.5 in form A is likely higher than the stability of formulations which contain mixtures of different modifications of compound 1.3. The terms "pure form A" should be under- stood to mean that the proportion of the modification in question, based on the total quantity of compound 1.5, is at least 80 % by weight in particular at least 90 % by weight and especially at least 95 % by weight. Accordingly, a further object of the present invention relates a composition of the compound 1.3 which at least 80 % by weight, in particular at least 90 % by weight or at least 95 % by weight consists of the crystalline form A, based on the total amount of the compound 1.5, contained in the composition.
Furthermore, form A of compound 1.5 may be distinguished from the known forms of compound 1.5 by differences in one or more of the following properties: solubility, vapor pressure, dissolution rate, stability against a phase change into a different modification, stability during grinding, suspension stability, optical and mechanical properties, hygroscopicity, crystal form and size, filterability, density, melting point, stability to decomposition, color and even chemical reactivity or biological activity. Studies on single crystals of form A demonstrate that the underlying crystal structure is mono- clinic. The unit cell has the space group P2i/n. The characteristic data of the crystal structure of form A (determined at 100 K, Cu-Ka radiation) are compiled in the following table 4.
Table 4: Crystallographic characteristics of form A of compound 1.5
Figure imgf000047_0001
a,b,c = unit cell length
α,β,γ = unit cell angle
Z = number of molecules in the unit cell
Form A of compound 1.5 displays a thermogram with a characteristic melting peak in the range from 109 to 1 16°C. The melting point, determined as the onset of the melting peak, typically lies in the range from about 1 14°C to 1 15°C. The values quoted here relate to values determined by differential calorimetry (differential scanning calorimetry: DSC, crimped but vented aluminium pans, heating rate 10 K/min, vented with nitrogen 150 ml/min).
Form A of compound 1.5 was prepared by example C.3 as described hereinafter, followed by crystallization from a solution of compound 1.5 in lower alkanol, such as methanol. Preferably, crystallization is achieved by cooling a hot solution of compound 1.5 in the alkanol. Preferably, the hot solution has a temperature of at least 50°, e.g. from 50 to 70°C. Preferably cooling is performed with controlled cooling rate, the cooling rate being in particular from 1 to 20 k/h, in particular from 2 to 10 k/h. Single crystals of form A of compound 1.5 were obtained by diffusion of heptane into a solution of compound 1.5 in 2-propanol.
The crystallization of form A can be promoted or accelerated by seeding with seed crystals of form A of compound 1.5, for example by adding seed crystals of form A before or during the crystallization. If seed crystals are added during the crystallization, the quantity thereof is typically 0.001 to 10 wt.%, often 0.005 to 5 wt.%, in particular 0.01 to 1 wt.% and especially 0.05 to 0.5 wt.%, based on the total amount of compound 1.5 to be crystallized.
Just like the known forms of compounds 1.3 and 1.5, forms A of compounds 1.3 and 1.5, respectively are suitable as fungicides, i.e. for controlling harmful fungi, in particular for controlling plant pathogenic fungi. However they are superior to these as regards its handling and formula- tion properties. Hence, the invention relates to the use of forms A and B of compounds 1.3 and 1.5, respectively for controlling harmful fungi, in particular for controlling plant pathogenic fungi.
The invention thus also relates to agrochemical compositions containing the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 or the crystalline form A of compound 1.5, and also one or more auxiliaries, conventionally used for the formulation of plant protection agents, in particular plant protection agents in the form of aqueous suspension concentrates (so-called SC's) or non-aqueous suspension concentrates (so-called OD's), and plant protection agents in the form of powders (so- called WP's) and granules (so-called WG's) dispersible in water.
The invention also relates to a method for controlling harmful fungi, in particular for controlling plant pathogenic fungi, which method comprises treating the fungi or the plants, the soil, seeds or non-living materials with the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 or with the crystalline form A of compound 1.5, preferably as a suitable active substance preparation, is used on plants, their habitat and/or on seeds.
The crystalline form A of compound 1.3 as well as the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 and the agrochemical compositions which contain the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 or the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 may be used for combating a broad spectrum of phytopathogenic fungi, including soil-borne fungi, which derive especially from the classes of the Plasmodiopho- romycetes, Peronosporomycetes (syn. Oomycetes), Chytridiomycetes, Zygomycetes, Ascomy- cetes, Basidiomycetes and Deuteromycetes (syn. Fungi imperfecti). Some are systemically ef- fective and they can be used in crop protection as foliar fungicides, fungicides for seed dressing and soil fungicides. Moreover, they are suitable for controlling harmful fungi, which inter alia occur in wood or roots of plants.
The crystalline form A of compound 1.3 as well as the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 and the agrochemical compositions which contain the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 or the crystal- line form A of compound 1.5 are particularly important in the control of a multitude of phytopathogenic fungi on various cultivated plants, such as cereals, e. g. wheat, rye, barley, triticale, oats or rice; beet, e. g. sugar beet or fodder beet; fruits, such as pomes, stone fruits or soft fruits, e. g. apples, pears, plums, peaches, almonds, cherries, strawberries, raspberries, blackberries or gooseberries; leguminous plants, such as lentils, peas, alfalfa or soybeans; oil plants, such as rape, mustard, olives, sunflowers, coconut, cocoa beans, castor oil plants, oil palms, ground nuts or soybeans; cucurbits, such as squashes, cucumber or melons; fiber plants, such as cotton, flax, hemp or jute; citrus fruit, such as oranges, lemons, grapefruits or mandarins; vegetables, such as spinach, lettuce, asparagus, cabbages, carrots, onions, tomatoes, potatoes, cucurbits or paprika; lauraceous plants, such as avocados, cinnamon or camphor; energy and raw material plants, such as corn, soybean, rape, sugar cane or oil palm; corn; tobacco; nuts; coffee; tea; bananas; vines (table grapes and grape juice grape vines); hop; turf; sweet leaf (also called Stevia); natural rubber plants or ornamental and forestry plants, such as flowers, shrubs, broad-leaved trees or evergreens, e. g. conifers; and on the plant propagation material, such as seeds, and the crop material of these plants. The crystalline form A of compound 1.3 as well as the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 and the agrochemical compositions which contain the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 or the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 may also be used for protecting plant propagation material against infection with phytopathogenic fungi. The term "plant propagation material" is to be understood to denote all the generative parts of the plant such as seeds and vegetative plant material such as cuttings and tubers (e. g. potatoes), which can be used for the multiplication of the plant. This includes seeds, roots, fruits, tubers, bulbs, rhizomes, shoots, sprouts and other parts of plants, including seedlings and young plants, which are to be transplanted after germination or after emergence from soil. These young plants may also be protected before transplantation by a total or partial treatment by immersion or pouring.
The crystalline form A of compound 1.3 as well as the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 and the agrochemical compositions which contain the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 or the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 may also be used for controlling harmful fungi in the protection of stored products or harvest and in the protection of materials. The term "protection of materials" is to be understood to denote the protection of technical and non-living materials, such as adhe- sives, glues, wood, paper and paperboard, textiles, leather, paint dispersions, plastics, colling lubricants, fiber or fabrics, against the infestation and destruction by harmful microorganisms, such as fungi and bacteria. As to the protection of wood and other materials.
Further, crystalline form A of compound 1.3 as well as the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 and the agrochemical compositions which contain the crystalline form A of compound 1.3 or the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 can also be used in crops which through breeding including genetic engineering methods are tolerant towards insect or fungal attack. Plants that have been modified by breeding, mutagenesis or genetic engineering, e. g. have been rendered tolerant to applications of specific classes of herbicides, such as auxin herbicides such as dicamba or 2,4- D; bleacher herbicides such as hydroxylphenylpyruvate dioxygenase (HPPD) inhibitors or phy- toene desaturase (PDS) inhibittors; acetolactate synthase (ALS) inhibitors such as sulfonyl ureas or imidazolinones; enolpyruvylshikimate-3-phosphate synthase (EPSPS) inhibitors, such as glyphosate; glutamine synthetase (GS) inhibitors such as glufosinate; protoporphyrinogen-IX oxidase inhibitors; lipid biosynthesis inhibitors such as acetyl CoA carboxylase (ACCase) inhibi- tors; or oxynil (i. e. bromoxynil or ioxynil) herbicides as a result of conventional methods of breeding or genetic engineering. Furthermore, plants have been made resistant to multiple classes of herbicides through multiple genetic modifications, such as resistance to both glyphosate and glufosinate or to both glyphosate and a herbicide from another class such as ALS inhibitors, HPPD inhibitors, auxin herbicides, or ACCase inhibitors. These herbicide resistance technologies are e. g. described in Pest Managem. Sci. 61 , 2005, 246; 61 , 2005, 258; 61 , 2005, 277; 61 , 2005, 269; 61 , 2005, 286; 64, 2008, 326; 64, 2008, 332; Weed Sci. 57, 2009, 108; Austral. J. Agricult. Res. 58, 2007, 708; Science 316, 2007, 1 185; and references quoted therein. Several cultivated plants have been rendered tolerant to herbicides by conventional methods of breeding (mutagenesis), e. g. Clearfield® summer rape (Canola, BASF SE, Germany) being tolerant to imidazolinones, e. g. imazamox, or ExpressSun® sunflowers (DuPont, USA) being tolerant to sulfonyl ureas, e. g. tribenuron. Genetic engineering methods have been used to render cultivated plants such as soybean, cotton, corn, beets and rape, tolerant to herbicides such as glyphosate and glufosinate, some of which are commercially available under the trade names RoundupReady® (glyphosate-tolerant, Monsanto, U.S.A.), Cultivance® (imidazolinone tolerant, BASF SE, Germany) and LibertyLink® (glufosinate-tolerant, Bayer CropScience, Ger- many).
Form A of compound 1.3 or with form A of compound 1.5 and compositions thereof, resepective- ly, may be used for improving the health of a plant. The invention also relates to a method for improving plant health by treating a plant, its propagation material and/or the locus where the plant is growing or is to grow with an effective amount of compounds I and compositions there- of, respectively. The term "plant health" is to be understood to denote a condition of the plant and/or its products which is determined by several indicators alone or in combination with each other such as yield (e. g. increased biomass and/or increased content of valuable ingredients), plant vigor (e. g. improved plant growth and/or greener leaves ("greening effect")), quality (e. g. improved content or composition of certain ingredients) and tolerance to abiotic and/or biotic stress. The above identified indicators for the health condition of a plant may be interdependent or may result from each other.
Form A of compound 1.3 or form A of compound 1.5 are employed as such or in form of compositions by treating the fungi or the plants, plant propagation materials, such as seeds, soil, surfaces, materials or rooms to be protected from fungal attack with a fungicidally effective amount of the active substances. The application can be carried out both before and after the infection of the plants, plant propagation materials, such as seeds, soil, surfaces, materials or rooms by the fungi. Plant propagation materials may be treated with form A of compound 1.3 or with form A of compound 1.5 as such or a composition comprising form A of compound 1.3 or form A of compound 1.5 prophylactically either at or before planting or transplanting.
The crystalline form A of compound 1.3 as well as the crystalline form A of compound 1.5 and the agrochemical compositions which contain the crystalline forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, can, for example, be used in the form of directly sprayable aqueous solutions, powders, suspensions and also high concentration aqueous, oily or other suspensions, oil suspensions, pastes, dusting agents, scattering agents or granules by spraying, misting, dusting, scat- tering or pouring. The use forms are determined by the use purposes; in each case, they should ensure the finest possible distribution of the active substances according to the invention.
The invention also relates to agrochemical compositions comprising an auxiliary and forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5 according to the invention.
The agrochemical compositions according to the invention contain either form A of compound 1.3 or form A of compound 1.5. The purity, based on the modification in question, is preferably at least 80 wt.%, in particular at least 90 % or at least 95 %, based on the total amount of compound 1.3 or 1.5, respectively. However, the purity, based on the modification in question, may also be as low as 5 % or at least 10 %, based on the total amount of compound 1.3 or 1.5, respectively. The agrochemical compositions according to the invention also contain one or more auxiliaries, which are usual for the formulation of plant protection agents. In such agrochemical compositions, the quantity of active substance, i.e. the total quantity of compounds 1.3 or 1.5 and of other active substances, if present, normally lies in the range from 1 to 98 wt.%, in particular in the range from 5 to 95 wt.%, based on the total weight of the agrochemical compositions, the remainder being one or more auxiliaries.
Suitable auxiliaries are liquid carriers, solid carriers or fillers, surfactants, dispersants, emulsifi- ers, wetters, adjuvants, solubilizers, penetration enhancers, protective colloids, adhesion agents, thickeners, humectants, repellents, attractants, feeding stimulants, compatibilizers, bac- tericides, anti-freezing agents, anti-foaming agents, colorants, tackifiers and binders.
All solid and liquid substances which are normally used as carriers in plant protection agents, in particular in herbicide formulations are possible as carriers.
Solid carriers are for example mineral earths such as silicic acids, silica gels, silicates, talc, kaolin, limestone, lime, chalk, bole, loess, clay, dolomite, diatomaceous earth, calcium and magne- sium sulfate, magnesium oxide, ground plastics, fertilizers such as ammonium sulfate, ammonium phosphate, ammonium nitrate, ureas and plant products such as cereal flour, tree bark, wood and nutshell flour, cellulose powder and other solid carriers.
Liquid carriers, as well as water, are also organic liquids, for example mineral oil fractions of medium to high boiling point such as kerosene and diesel oil, also coal tar oils and oils of plant or animal origin, aliphatic, cyclic and aromatic hydrocarbons, for example paraffins, tetrahy- dronaphthalene, alkylated naphthalenes and derivatives thereof, alkylated benzenes and derivatives thereof, including aromatic and non-aromatic hydrocarbon mixtures, for example the products marketed under the trade names Exxsol and Solvesso, alcohols such as propanol, butanol and cyclohexanol.
Typical further auxiliaries include surface-active substances, in particular those wetting agents, emulsifiers and dispersant (additives) normally used in plant protection agents, and also viscosity-modifying additives (thickeners and rheology modifiers), antifoaming agents, antifreeze agents, pH adjusting agents, stabilizers, anticaking agents and biocides (preservatives).
Possible surface-active substances are preferably anionic and nonionic surfactants. Protective colloids are also suitable surface-active substances.
The quantity of surface-active substances will as a rule be 0.1 to 50 wt.%, in particular 0.5 to 30 wt.%, based on the total weight of the plant protection agents according to the invention, or 0.5 to 100 wt.%, based on the total quantity of solid active substances in the formulation. Preferably, the surface-active substance include at least one anionic surface-active substance and at least one nonionic surface-active substance, and the proportion of anionic to nonionic surface- active substance typically lies in the range from 10:1 to 1 :10.
Surface-active compounds, also termed surfactants may be anionic, cationic, nonionic and amphoteric surfactants, block polymers, polyelectrolytes, and mixtures thereof. Such surfactants can be used as emusifier, dispersant, solubilizer, wetter, penetration enhancer, protective col- loid, or adjuvant. Examples of surfactants are listed in McCutcheon's, Vol.1 : Emulsifiers & Detergents, McCutcheon's Directories, Glen Rock, USA, 2008 (International Ed. or North American Ed.).
Examples of anionic surfactants include alkyl aryl-sulfonates, aromatic sulfonates, for example ligninsulfonates (Borresperse types, Borregaard), phenylsulfonates, naphthalenesulfonates (Morwet types, Akzo Nobel), dibutylnaphthalenesulfonat.es (Nekal types, BASF), alkyl sulfates, in particular fatty alcohol sulfates, lauryl sulfates, and sulfated hexadeca-, heptadeca- and octa- decanols, alkylsulfonates, alkyl ether sulfates, in particular fatty alcohol (poly)glycol ether sulfates, alkyl aryl ether sulfates, alkyl polyglycol ether phosphates, polyarylphenyl ether phos- phates, alkyl-sulfosuccinates, olefin sulfonates, paraffin sulfon-ates, petroleum sulfonates, tau- rides, sarcosides, fatty acids, alkylnaphthalenesulfonic acids, naphthalene-sulfonic acids, lig- ninsulfonic acids, condensation products of sulfonated naphthalenes with formaldehyde, condensation products of sulfonated naphthalenes with formaldehyde and phenol and optionally urea and condensation products of phenolsulfonic acid with formaldehyde and urea, lignin sul- fite waste liquor, alkyl phosphates, alkyl aryl phosphates, for example tristyryl phosphates, and polycarboxylates such as for example polyacrylates, maleic anhydride/olefin copolymers (for example Sokalan® CP9, BASF), including the alkali metal, alkaline earth, ammonium and amine salts of the aforesaid substances. Preferred anionic surface-active substances are those which bear at least one sulfonate group and in particular the alkali metal and ammonium salts thereof. Examples of non-ionic surface-active substances are alkylphenol alkoxylates, in particular eth- oxylates and ethoxylate-copropoxylates of octylphenol, isooctylphenol, nonylphenol and tribu- tylphenol, di- and tristyrylphenol alkoxylates, alcohol alkoxylates, in particular fatty alcohol eth- oxylates and fatty alcohol ethoxylate-copropoxylates, for example alkoxylated isotridecanol, fatty amine alkoxylates, polyoxyethylene glycerol fatty acid esters, castor oil alkoxylates, fatty acid alkoxylates, fatty acid amide alkoxylates, fatty acid polydiethanolamides, lanolin ethox- ylates, fatty acid polyglycol esters, isotridecyl alcohol, ethoxylated fatty acid amides, ethoxylated fatty acid esters, alkyl polyglycosides, ethoxylated alkyl polyglycosides, sorbitan fatty acid esters, ethoxylated sorbitan fatty acid esters, glycerol fatty acid esters, lower molecular weight polyalkylene oxides such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene oxide, polyethylene oxide co- propylene oxide di- and tri- block copolymers, and mixtures thereof. Preferred nonionic surface- active substances are fatty alcohol ethoxylates, alkyl polyglycosides, glycerol fatty acid esters, castor oil ethoxylates, fatty acid ethoxylates, fatty acid amide ethoxylates, lanolin ethoxylates, fatty acid polyglycol esters, ethylene oxide propylene oxide block copolymers and mixtures thereof.
Suitable cationic surfactants are quaternary surfactants, for example quaternary ammonium compounds with one or two hydrophobic groups, or salts of long-chain primary amines. Suitable amphoteric surfactants are alkylbetains and imidazolines. Suitable block polymers are block polymers of the A-B or A-B-A type comprising blocks of polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide, or of the A-B-C type comprising alkanol, polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide. Suitable polyelectrolytes are polyacids or polybases. Examples of polyacids are alkali salts of polyacrylic acid or polyacid comb polymers. Examples of polybases are polyvinylamines or pol- yethyleneamines.
Protective colloids are typically water-soluble, amphiphilic polymers which unlike the aforesaid surfactants typically have molecular weights over 2,000 daltons (number average). Examples thereof are proteins and denatured proteins such as casein, polysaccharides such as water- soluble starch derivatives and cellulose derivatives, hydrophobically modified starches and celluloses, for example methylcellulose, and also polycarboxylates such as polyacrylic acid, acrylic acid copolymers and maleic acid copolymers (BASF Sokalan types), polyvinyl alcohol (Mowiol types from Clariant), polyalkoxylates, polyvinylpyrrolidone, vinylpyrrolidone copolymers, polyvi- nyl amines, polyethyleneimines (Lupasol types from BASF) and higher molecular weight poly- alkylene oxides such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene oxides, and polyethylene oxide co- polypropylene oxide di- and tri- block copolymers.
The agrochemical compositions according to the invention can also contain one or more additives modifying the viscosity (rheology modifiers). These are understood in particular to mean substances and substance mixtures which impart modified flow behavior to the formulation, for example a high viscosity in the resting state and low viscosity in the moving state. The nature of the rheology modifier is determined by the nature of the formulation. As examples of rheology modifiers, inorganic substances, for example layer silicates and organically modified layer silicates such as bentonites or attapulgites (for example Attaclay®, Engelhardt Co.), and organic substances such as polysaccharides and heteropolysaccharides such as Xanthan Gum® (Kel- zan® from Kelco Co.), Rhodopol® 23 (Rhone Poulenc) or Veegum® (R.T. Vanderbilt Co.) should be mentioned. The quantity of the viscosity-modifying additives is often 0.1 to 5 wt.%, based on the total weight of the plant protection agent.
Examples of antifoaming agents are the silicone emulsions known for this purpose (Silikon® SRE, Wacker Co. or Rhodorsil® from Rhodia Co.), long-chain alcohols, fatty acids and salts thereof, foam suppressants of the aqueous wax dispersion type, solid foam suppressants (so- called Compounds) and organofluorine compounds and mixtures thereof. The quantity of antifoaming agent is typically 0.1 to 1 wt.%, based on the total weight of the plant protection agent.
The agrochemical compositions according to the invention may also contain preservatives for stabilization. Suitable preservatives are those based on isothiazol-ones, for example Proxel® from ICI Co., or Acticide® from Thor Chemie Co. or Kathon® MK from Rohm & Hass Co. The quantity of preservative is typically 0.05 to 0.5 wt.%, based on the total weight of the SC.
Aqueous agrochemical compositions, i.e. those with an a aqueous carrier, often contain antifreeze agents. Suitable antifreeze agents are liquid polyols, for example ethylene glycol, propyl- ene glycol or glycerine, and urea. The quantity of antifreeze agent is as a rule 1 to 20 wt.%, in particular 5 to 10 wt.%, based on the total weight of the aqueous plant protection agent.
If the agrochemical composition, which contain the crystalline forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, are used for seed treatment, they can also contain normal components such as are used for seed treatment, for example in dressing or coating. In addition to the aforesaid components, these include in particular colorants, adhesives, fillers and plasticizers. All the dyes and pigments usual for such purposes are possible as colorants. Both pigments of low solubility in water and also dyes soluble in water are usable here. As examples, the dyes and pigments known under the names Rhodamin B, C.I. Pigment Red 1 12 and C.I. Solvent Red 1 , Pigment Blue 15:4, Pigment Blue 15:3, Pigment Blue 15:2, Pigment Blue 15:1 , Pigment Blue 80, Pigment Yellow 1 , Pigment Yellow 13, Pigment Red 48:2, Pigment Red 48:1 , Pigment Red 57:1 , Pigment Red 53:1 , Pigment Orange 43, Pigment Orange 34, Pigment Orange 5, Pigment Green 36, Pigment Green 7, Pigment White 6, Pigment Brown 25, Basic Violet 10, Basic Violet 49, Acid Red 51 , Acid Red 52, Acid Red 14, Acid Blue 9, Acid Yellow 23, Basic Red 10, Basic Red 10 and Basic Red 108 may be mentioned. The quantity of colorant will normally not consti- tute more than 20 wt.% of the formulation and preferably lies in the range from 0.1 to 15 wt.%, based on the total weight of the agrochemical composition.
All binders normally usable in dressings come under consideration as adhesives. Examples of suitable binders include thermoplastic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl alcohol and tylose and also polyacrylates, polymethacrylates, polybutenes, polyiso- butenes, polystyrene, polyethylene amines, polyethylene amides, the aforesaid protective colloids, polyesters, polyether esters, polyanhydrides, polyester urethanes, polyester amides, thermoplastic polysaccharides, for example cellulose derivatives such as cellulose esters, cellulose ethers, cellulose ether esters, including methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxym ethyl cellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose and starch derivatives and modified starches, dextrins, maltodextrins, alginates and chitosans, and also fats, oils, proteins, including casein, gelatin and zein, gum Arabic and shellac. The adhesives are preferably plant- compatible, i.e. they exhibit no, or no significant, phytotoxic effects. The adhesives are preferably biodegradable. The adhesive is preferably selected such that it acts as a matrix for the active components of the formulation. The quantity of adhesive will normally not constitute more than 40 wt.% of the formulation and preferably lies in the range from 1 to 40 wt.% and in particular in the range from 5 to 30 wt.%, based on the total weight of the agrochemical composition.
In addition to the adhesive, the agrochemical composition for seed treatment can also contain inert fillers. Examples of these are the aforesaid solid carriers, in particular finely divided inorganic materials such as clays, chalk, bentonite, kaolin, talc, perlite, mica, silica gel, diatoma- ceous earth, quartz powder and montmorillonite but also fine-particle organic materials such as wood flour, cereal flour, active charcoal and the like. The quantity of filler is preferably selected such that the total quantity of filler does not exceed 70 wt.%, based on the total weight of all non-volatile components of the formulation. Often, the quantity of filler lies in the range from 1 to 50 wt.%, based on the total weight of all non-volatile components of the agrochemical composi- tion.
In addition, the agrochemical composition for seed treatment can also contain a plasticizer which increases the flexibility of the coating. Examples of plasticizers are oligomeric poly- alkylene glycols, glycerine, dialkyl phthalates, alkylbenzyl phthalates, glycol benzoates and comparable compounds. The quantity of plasticizer in the coating often lies in the range from 0.1 to 20 wt.%, based on the total weight of all non-volatile components of the agrochemical composition. A preferred embodiment of the invention relates to liquid formulations of the forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respecitvely. In addition to the solid active substance phase, these have at least one liquid phase, in which form A of compound 1.3 and form A of compound 1.5, respectively, are present in the form of dispersed particles. Possible liquid phases are essentially water and those organic solvents in which the forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, are only slightly soluble, or insoluble, for example those wherein the solubilities of forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, at 25°C and 1013 mbar are not more than 1 wt.%, in particular not more than 0.1 wt.%, and especially not more than 0.01 wt.%.
According to a first preferred embodiment, the liquid phase is selected from water and aqueous solvents, i.e. solvent mixtures which in addition to water also contain up to 20 wt.%, preferably however not more than 10 wt.%, based on the total quantity of water and solvent, of one or more organic solvents miscible with water, for example ethers miscible with water such as tetra- hydrofuran, methyl glycol, methyl diglycol, alkanols such as isopropanol or polyols such as glycol, glycerine, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol and the like. Such formulations are also re- ferred to below as suspension concentrates (SCs).
Such suspension concentrates contain compound 1.3 as form A or compound 1.5 as form A in a particulate form, wherein the particles of the forms A are present suspended in an aqueous phase. The size of the active substance particles, i.e. the size which 90 wt.% of the active substance particles do not exceed, here typically lies below 30 μηη, in particular below 20 μηη. Ad- vantageously, in the SCs according to the invention, at least 40 wt.% and in particular at least 60 wt.% of the particles have diameters below 2 μηη.
In such SCs the quantity of active substance, i.e. the total quantity of tembotrione and of other active substances if necessary, usually lies in the range from 5 to 70 wt.%, in particular in the range from 10 to 50 wt.%, based on the total weight of the suspension concentrate.
In addition to the active substance, aqueous suspension concentrates typically contain surface- active substances, and also if necessary antifoaming agents, thickeners (= rheology modifiers), antifreeze agents, stabilizers (biocides), agents for adjusting the pH and anticaking agents.
Possible surface-active substances are the previously named surface-active substances. Preferably the aqueous plant protection agents according to the invention contain at least one of the previously named anionic surfactants and if necessary one or more nonionic surfactants, if necessary in combination with a protective colloid. The quantity of surface-active substances will as a rule be 1 to 50 wt.%, in particular 2 to 30 wt.%, based on the total weight of the aqueous SCs according to the invention. Preferably the surface-active substances include at least one anionic surface-active substance and at least one nonionic surface-active substance, and the proportion of anionic to nonionic surface-active substance typically lies in the range from 10:1 to 1 :10.
Concerning the nature and quantity of the antifoaming agents, thickeners, antifreeze agents and biocides, the same applies as aforesaid.
If necessary, the aqueous SCs according to the invention can contain buffers for pH regulation. Examples of buffers are alkali metal salts of weak inorganic or organic acids, such as for exam- pie phosphoric acid, boric acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, oxalic acid and succinic acid.
According to a second preferred embodiment, the liquid phase consists of non-aqueous organic solvents in which the solubility of form A of compound 1.3 and of form A of compound 1.5, re- spectively, at 25°C and 1013 mbar is not more than 1 wt.%, in particular not more than 0.1 wt.%, and especially not more than 0.01 wt.%. These include in particular aliphatic and cycloali- phatic hydrocarbons and oils, in particular those of plant origin, and also C1-C4 alkyl esters of saturated or unsaturated fatty acids or fatty acid mixtures, in particular the methyl esters, for example methyl oleate, methyl stearate and rape oil methyl ester, but also paraffinic mineral oils and the like. Accordingly, the present invention relates also to agents for plant protection in the form of a non-aqueous suspension concentrate, which will also be referred to below as OD (oil- dispersion). Such ODs contain the forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, in particulate form, wherein the particles of forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, are present suspended in a non-aqueous phase. The size of the active substance particles, i.e. the size which 90 wt.% of the active substance particles do not exceed, here typically lies below 30 μηη, in particular below 20 μπΊ. Advantageously, in the non-aqueous suspension concentrates, at least 40 wt.% and in particular at least 60 wt.% of the particles have diameters below 2 μηη.
In such ODs, the quantity of active substance, i.e. the total quantity of compound 1.3 or 1.5 and of other active substances if necessary, usually lies in the range from 10 to 70 wt.%, in particu- lar in the range from 20 to 50 wt.%, based on the total weight of the non-aqueous suspension concentrate.
In addition to the active substance and the liquid carrier, non-aqueous suspension concentrates typically contain surface-active substances, and also if necessary antifoaming agents, agents to modify the rheology and stabilizers (biocides).
Possible surface-active substances are preferably the previously named anionic and nonionic surfactants. The quantity of surface-active substances will as a rule be 1 to 30 wt.%, in particular 2 to 20 wt.%, based on the total weight of the non-aqueous SCs according to the invention. Preferably the surface-active substances include at least one anionic surface-active substance and at least one nonionic surface-active substance, and the proportion of anionic to nonionic surface-active substance typically lies in the range from 10:1 to 1 :10.
Forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, can also be formulated as solid plant protection agents. These include powder, scattering and dusting agents but also water-dispersible powders and granules, for example coated, impregnated and homogenous granules. Such formulations can be produced by mixing or simultaneous grinding of either form A of compound 1.3 or form A of compound 1.5, respectively, with a solid carrier and if necessary other additives, in particular surface-active substances. Granules can be produced by binding of the active substances to solid carriers. Solid carriers are mineral earths such as silicic acids, silica gels, silicates, talc, kaolin, limestone, lime, chalk, bole, loess, clay, dolomite, diatomaceous earth, calcium and magnesium sulfate, magnesium oxide, ground plastics, fertilizers such as ammonium sulfate, ammonium phosphate, ammonium nitrate, ureas and plant products such as cereal flour, tree bark, wood and nutshell flour, cellulose powder or other solid carriers. Solid formulations can also be produced by spray drying, if necessary in the presence of polymeric or inorganic drying aids, and if necessary in the presence of solid carriers. For the production of solid formulations of forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, extrusion processes, fluidized bed granulation, spray granulation and comparable technologies are suitable.
Possible surface-active substances are the previously named surfactants and protective colloids. The quantity of surface-active substances will as a rule be 1 to 30 wt.%, in particular 2 to 20 wt.%, based on the total weight of the solid formulation according to the invention.
In such solid formulations, the quantity of active substance, i.e. the total quantity of tembotrione and of other active substances if necessary, usually lies in the range from 10 to 70 wt.%, in particular in the range from 20 to 50 wt.%, based on the total weight of the solid formulation.
The following formulation examples illustrate the production of such preparations:
I. Water-dispersible powder:
20 parts by weight of forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, are mixed well with 3 parts by weight of the sodium salt of diisobutylnaphthalenesulfonic acid, 17 parts by weight of the sodium salt of a ligninsulfonic acid from a sulfite waste liquor and 60 parts by weight of powdered silica gel and ground in a hammer mill. In this manner, a water- dispersible powder which contains the respective form A is obtained.
II. Dusting agent
5 parts by weight of the forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, are mixed with 95 parts by weight of finely divided kaolin. In this manner, a dusting agent which contains 5 wt.% of the respective form A is obtained.
III. Non-aqueous suspension concentrate:
20 parts by weight of forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, are mixed intimately with 2 parts by weight of the calcium salt of dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, 8 parts by weight of fatty alcohol polyglycol ether, 2 parts by weight of the sodium salt of a phenolsulfonic acid urea formaldehyde condensate and 68 parts by weight of a paraffinic mineral oil. A stable, non-aqueous suspension concentrate of the respective form A is obtained.
IV. Non-aqueous suspension concentrate:
20 parts by weight of forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, are ground to a fine active substance suspension in an agitator ball mill with the addition of 10 parts by weight of dispersants and wetting agents and 70 parts by weight of a paraffinic mineral oil. A stable, non-aqueous suspension concentrate of the respective form A is obtained. On dilution in water, a stable suspension of the respective form A is obtained. The active substance content in the formulation is 20 wt.%.
V. Aqueous suspension concentrate: 10 parts by weight of forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, are formulated as an aqueous suspension concentrate in a solution of 17 parts by weight of a poly( ethylene glycol)(propylene glycol) block copolymer, 2 parts by weight of a phenolsulfonic acid formaldehyde condensate and about 1 part by weight of other additives (thickeners, foam suppressants) in a mixture of 7 parts by weight of propylene glycol and 63 parts by weight of water.
VI. Aqueous suspension concentrate:
20 parts by weight of forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, are ground to a fine active substance suspension in a stirred ball mill with the addition of 10 parts by weight of dispersants and wetting agents and 70 parts by weight of water. On dilution in water, a stable suspension of the respective form A is obtained. The active substance content in the formulation is 20 wt.%.
VII. Water-dispersible and water-soluble granules
50 parts by weight of forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, are finely ground with the addition of 50 parts by weight of dispersants and wetting agents and formulated as water-dispersible or water-soluble granules by means of industrial devices (for example extrusion, spray tower, fluidized bed). On dilution in water, a stable dispersion or solution of the respective form A is obtained. The formulation has an active substance content of 50 wt.%.
VIII. Water-dispersible and water-soluble powder
75 parts by weight of forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, are ground in a rotor- stator mill with the addition of 25 parts by weight of dispersants and wetting agents and also silica gel. On dilution in water, a stable dispersion or solution of the respective form A is obtained. The active substance content of the formulation is 75 wt.%.
IX. Gel formulations:
20 parts by weight of forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively,, 10 parts by weight of dispersant, 1 part by weight of gelling agent and 70 parts by weight of water or an organic solvent are ground to a fine suspension in a ball mill. On dilution in water, a stable suspension of the respective form A is obtained. The active substance content of the formulation is 20 wt.%.
X. Directly usable granules (GR, FG, GG, MG)
0.5 parts by weight of the forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, are finely ground and combined with 99.5 parts by weight of carriers. Common processes here are extrusion, spray drying or fluidized bed. Granules for direct application with 0.5 wt.% active substance content are thus obtained.
The application of forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, or the agrochemical composition containing them is effected, if the formulation is not already ready for use, in the form of aqueous spray fluids. These are prepared by dilution of the aforesaid compositions containing forms A of compounds 1.3 or 1.5, respectively, with water. The spray fluids can also contain other components in dissolved, emulsified or suspended form, for example fertilizers, active substances of other herbicidal or growth-regulating active substance groups, other active substances, for example active substances for combating animal pests or phyto-pathogenic fungi or bac- teria, and also mineral salts which are used for the elimination of nutritional and trace element deficiencies, and non-phytotoxic oils and oil concentrates. As a rule, these components are added to the spray fluid before, during or after the dilution of the formulations according to the invention. The user applies the composition according to the invention usually from a predosage device, a knapsack sprayer, a spray tank, a spray plane, or an irrigation system. Usually, the agrochemical composition is made up with water, buffer, and/or further auxiliaries to the desired application concentration and the ready-to-use spray liquor or the agrochemical composition according to the invention is thus obtained. Usually, 20 to 2000 liters, preferably 50 to 400 liters, of the ready-to-use spray liquor are applied per hectare of agricultural useful area.
When employed in plant protection, the amounts of compounds 1.3 or 1.5 applied are, depending on the kind of effect desired, from 0.001 to 2 kg per ha, preferably from 0.005 to 2 kg per ha, more preferably from 0.05 to 0.9 kg per ha, and in particular from 0.1 to 0.75 kg per ha.
In treatment of plant propagation materials such as seeds, e. g. by dusting, coating or drenching seed, amounts of compounds 1.3 or 1.5 of from 0.1 to 1000 g, preferably from 1 to 1000 g, more preferably from 1 to 100 g and most preferably from 5 to 100 g, per 100 kilogram of plant prop- agation material (preferably seeds) are generally required.
When used in the protection of materials or stored products, the amounts of compounds 1.3 or 1.5 applied depends on the kind of application area and on the desired effect. Amounts customarily applied in the protection of materials are 0.001 g to 2 kg, preferably 0.005 g to 1 kg, of active substance per cubic meter of treated material.
Various types of oils, wetters, adjuvants, fertilizer, or micronutrients, and further pesticides (e.g. herbicides, insecticides, fungicides, growth regulators, safeners, biopesticides) may be added to the active substances or the compositions comprising them as premix or, if appropriate not until immediately prior to use (tank mix). These agents can be admixed with the compositions according to the invention in a weight ratio of 1 :100 to 100:1 , preferably 1 :10 to 10:1.
Examples and Figures:
The following figures and examples further illustrate the present invention and do not restrict the invention in any manner.
Figure 1 shows an X-ray powder diffraction diagram of form A of compound 1.3.
Figure 2 shows an X-ray powder diffraction diagram of form A of compound 1.5.
Analytics:
The X-ray powder diffractogramm of forms A and B were recorded with a Panalytical X'Pert Pro diffracto meter in reflection geometry in the range from 2Θ = 3° - 35° with a step width of 0.0167° using Cu-Κα radiation (1.54178 A) at 25°C. The recorded 2Θ valuese were used to calculate the d values. The intensity of the peaks (linear intensity counts) is plotted versus 2Θ angel (x axis in °2Θ).
Single crystal X-ray diffraction data were collected at 100 K on a Bruker AXS CCD Detector, using graphite-monochromated CuKa radiation (λ = 1.54178 A). The structure was solved with direct methods, refined, and expanded by using Fourier techniques with the SHELX software package (G.M. Sheldrick, SHELX-97, University of Gottingen 1997). Absorbtion correction was performed with SADABS software.
DSC was performed on a Mettler Toledo DSC 823e module. The sample was placed in crimped but vented aluminium pans. Sample size was 3 mg. The thermal behaviour was analysed in the range 30 - 200°C by using a heating rate of 10°C/min and a nitrogen stream of 150 mL/min. Melting point values and polymorphic transitions were confirmed by a Mettler Hot Stage in combination with a light microscope. A) Preparation of reagent IV
Example A1 :
Preparation of an aqueous trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate solution (1 1 .3 wt-% water)
304 g dimethylsulfide and 30 g water (1 .67 mole) were stirred at 25°C. Then, 146 g dimethyl- sulfate (1 .15 mole) were added over 60 min, wherein the temperature increased to up to 35°C. Then, it was stirred 2 h at 35 to 38°C. In order to achieve phase separation, it was cooled to 30°C and not stirred. 246 g of the lower aqueous phase were obtained.
The water content of the solution was measure by means of Karl-Fischer-titration and was 1 1.3 wt-%. The content of trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate was quantified to be 85.3 wt-%; (SMe3)+: 35 wt-% (quant. -NMR in D2O, di-Na-salt of fumaric acid as internal standard). The viscosity of the solution at 25°C was 18.3 mPa*s.
Characterization: H-NMR (400 MHz, D20): δ/ppm = 2,9 (s, 9H), 3,72 (s, 3H), 4,66 (s, H20).
Example A2:
Preparation of an aqueous trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate solution (14.9 wt-% water)
304 g dimethylsulfide and 41 .3 g water (2.3 mole) were stirred at 25°C. Then, 146 g dimethyl- sulfate (1 .15 mole) were added over 60 min, wherein the temperature increased to up to 35°C. Then, it was stirred 2 h at 35 to 38°C. In order to achieve phase separation, it was cooled to 30°C and not stirred. 259 g of the lower aqueous phase were obtained.
The water content of the solution was measure by means of Karl-Fischer-titration and was 14.9 wt-%. The content of trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate was quantified to be 83.2 wt-%; (SMe3)+: 34 wt-% (quant. -NMR in D2O, di-Na-salt of fumaric acid as internal standard). The viscosity of the solution at 25°C was 12.5 mPa*s.
Example A3:
Preparation of an aqueous trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate solution (1 1 .2 wt-% water) 144 g dimethylsulfide, 30 g water (1 .67 mole) and 236 g toluol were stirred at 25°C. Then, 146 g dimethylsulfate (1 .15 mole) were added over 60 min, wherein the temperature increased to up to 46°C. Then, it was stirred 2 h at 30°C. In order to achieve phase separation, it was cooled to 30°C and not stirred. 245 g of the lower aqueous phase were obtained.
The water content of the solution was measure by means of Karl-Fischer-titration and was 1 1.2 wt-%. The content of trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate was quantified to be 84.5 wt-%; (SMe3)+: 34.8 wt-% (quant. -NMR in D2O, di-Na-salt of fumaric acid as internal standard).
Comparative example:
Preparation of an aqueous trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate solution (6.5 wt-% water)
304 g dimethylsulfide and 15.0 g water (0.83 mole) were stirred at 25°C. Then, 146 g dimethylsulfate (1 .15 mole) were added over 60 min, wherein the temperature was at most 35°C. Then, it was stirred for 2 h at 35 to 38°C. In order to achieve phase separation, it was cooled to 30°C and not stirred. 237 g of the lower aqueous phase were obtained.
The water content of the solution was measured by means of Karl-Fischer-titration and was 6.5 wt-%. The content of trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate was quantified to be 89.6 wt-%; (SMe3)+: 37,2 wt-% (quant. -NMR in D2O, di-Na-salt of fumaric acid as internal standard). The viscosity of the solution at 30°C was 35.1 mPa*s. The solution was not stable at 25°C. Long specular crystals were formed.
B) Synthesis of oxiranes
Example B1 :
Synthesis of 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-methyl-oxirane
1 -[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethanone (0.87 mole) dissolved in 372 g dimethylsulfide together with 250 g aqueous trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate (86 wt-%, prepared according to Example A1 ) were provided at 23°C. 15 g KOH pellets, 85 wt-% (2.65 mole), were added while stirring heavily. This led to an increase of temperature of about 5°C. Then, it was continued stirring for 10 h at 38°C. A sample of the reaction mixture showed full conversion of the ketone (HPLC). After that, 1350 g 20 wt-% NaCI solution was added at 30°C. After separation of the aqueous phase, the dimethylsulfide-solution was concentrated by means of distillation of the solvent at a temperature of up to 98°C. 324 g 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-methyl-oxirane having about 90 wt-% (quant. HPLC) were obtained; yield > 99%.
Characterisation
A sample oft the raw product was dissolved at 40°C in diisopropylether and cooled down to - 5°C. The product was obtained as crystalline compound. Melting point: 60°C
H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ/ppm = 1 ,63 (s, 3H), 2,92 (d, 1 H), 3,02 (d, 1 H), 6,95 (d, 2H), 7,13 (m, 1 H), 7,22 (s, 1 H), 7,34 (d, 2H) 7,64 (d, 1 H);
3C-NMR (125 MHz, CDCI3): δ/ppm = 24,82 (q), 55,41 (t), 57,27 (s), 1 15,94 (d), 120,63 (d, 2C) 121 ,48 (d), 123,91 (s), 128,60 (s), 129,36 (s), 130,05 (d, 2C), 131 ,04 (d), 134,59 (s), 154,50 (s), 156,56 (s) Example B2
Synthesis of 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-cyclopropyl-oxirane
1 -[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]cyclopropyl-methanone (0.80 mole) dissolved in 343 g dimethylsulfide together with 263.4 g aqueous trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate (86 wt- %, prepared according to Example A1 ) were provided at 23°C. 212 g KOH pellets, 85 wt-% (3.21 mole), were added while stirring heavily. This led to an increase of temperature of about 5°C to 7°C. Then, it was continued stirring for 8 h at 38°C. A sample of the reaction mixture showed full conversion of the ketone (HPLC). After that, 1236 g 20 wt-%ige NaCI solution was added at 30°C. After separation of the aqueous phase, the dimethylsulfide-solution was concen- trated by means of distillation of the solvent at a temperature of up to 90°C. 332 g of 82 wt-%- product (quant. HPLC) (2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-cyclopropyl-oxirane) were obtained; yield > 95%.
Characterisation
A sample oft the raw product was dissolved at 60°C in isopropanole and cooled down to 10°C. The product was obtained as crystalline compound. Melting point: 45°C
3C-NMR (125 MHz, CDCI3): δ/ppm = 1 ,06 (t), 2,17 (t), 15,87 (d), 53,09 (t), 58,46 (s), 1 15,47 (d), 121 ,20 (d, 2C) 121 ,65 (d), 124,01 (s), 127,59 (s), 128,4 (s), 130,16 (d, 2C), 132,10 (d), 133,52 (s), 154,26 (s), 156,27 (s)
Example B3
Synthesis of 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-isopropyl-oxirane
1 -[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-methyl-propan-1 -one (0,078 mole) dissolved in 62 g dimethylsulfide together with 22.2 g aqueous trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate (80 wt-%, prepared according to Example A1 ) were provided at 27 °C. 15.4 g KOH pellets, 85 wt-% (0.23 mole), were added while stirring heavily. This led to an increase of temperature of about 5°C to 7°C. Then, it was continued stirring for 3.5 h at 38°C. A sample of the reaction mixture showed full conversion of the ketone (HPLC). After that, 45 g water were added at 25°C. After separation of the aqueous phase, the dimethylsulfide-solution was diluted with a little toluol and washed again with 105 g water. Then, the organic phase was concentrated by means of distillation of the solvent at 50°C and up to a pressure of 2 mbar. 30 g of about 81 % (area-% HPLC) 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-isopropyl-oxirane were obtained; yield about 88%.
Characterization:
A sample of the raw product was analyzed by menas of NMR spectroscopy.
3C-NMR (125 MHz, CDCI3): δ/ppm = 17,32 (q), 17,55 (q), 31 ,57 (d), 52,93 (t), 62,71 (s), 1 16,28 (d), 120,73 (d, 2C) 121 ,69 (d), 123,95 (s), 127,41 (s), 129,41 (s), 130,12 (d, 2C), 131 ,97 (d), 134,12 (s), 154,67 (s), 156,56 (s)
H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ/ppm = 0,85-0,95 (dd, 6H), 2,22-2,35(md, 1 H), 2,78 (d, 1 H), 3,20 (d,1 H), 6,98 (d, 2H), 7,10 (m, 1 H), 7,23 (s, 1 H), 7,35 (d, 2H) 7,55 (d, 1 H)
Example B4 Synthesis of 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-methyl-oxirane
1 -[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethanone (0.13 mole) dissolved in 55 g dimethylsulfide together with 45 g aqueous trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate (80 wt-%, 17 wt-% H2O), prepared according to Example A2), were provided at 23°C. 25 g KOH pellets, 85 wt-% (0.38 mole), were added while stirring heavily. This led to an increase of temperature of about 5°C. Then, it was continued stirring for 8 h at 38°C. A sample of the reaction mixture showed full conversion of the ketone (HPLC). After that, 199 g 20 wt-% NaCI solution was added at 30°C. After separation of the aqueous phase, the dimethylsulfide-solution was concentrated by means of distillation of the solvent at a temperature of up to 90°C. 56 g of 77 wt-% (quant. HPLC) 2-[4- (4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-methyl-oxirane were obtained; yield > 95%.
Example B5:
Synthesis of 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-methyl-oxirane
1 -[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethanone (0.45 mole) dissolved in 280 g toluol together with 129 g aqueous trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate (86 wt-%), prepared according to Example A1 , were provided at 24°C. 89 g KOH pellets, 85 wt-% (0.38 mole) were added while stirring heavily. This led to an increase of temperature of about 4°C. Then, it was continued stirring for 21 h at 38°C. A sample of the reaction mixture showed full conversion of the ketone (HPLC). After that, 500 g 20 wt-% 20 wt-% NaCI solution was added at 30°C. After separation of the aqueous phase, the toluol solution was concentrated by means of distillation of the solvent at a temperature of up to 98°C and a pressure of 50 mbar. 163 g of about 89 wt-% (quant.
HPLC) 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-cyclopropyl-oxirane were obtained; yield > 95%.
Example B6:
Synthesis of 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-methyl-oxirane
1 -[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethanone (0.128 mole) dissolved in 55.4 g dimethylsulfide were provided at 22°C. 25.4 g KOH pellets, 85 wt-% (0.385 mole) were added while stirring heavily. Then, 42.1 g aqueous trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate (85.6 wt-%, prepared according to Example A1 ) were added. This led to an increase of temperature of about 2 to 3°C. Then, it was continued stirring for 8 h at 38°C. A sample of the reaction mixture showed full conversion of the ketone (HPLC). After that, 199 g 20 wt-%ige 20 wt-% NaCI solution was added at 30°C. After separation of the aqueous phase, the dimethylsulfide solution was concentrated by means of distillation of the solvent at a temperature of up to 90°C. 49.7 g of about 82 wt-% (quant. HPLC) 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-methyl-oxirane were obtained; yield about 97 %.
Example B7:
Synthesis of 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-cyclopropyl-oxirane
1 -[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]cyclopropyl-methanone (0.122 mole) dissolved in 52 g dimethylsulfide were provided at 22°C. 32.2 g KOH pellets, 85 wt-% (0.488 mole), were added while stirring heavily. Then, 40.1 g aqueous trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate (85.6 wt-%, prepared according to Example A1 ) were added. This led to an increase of temperature of about 3 to 5°C. Then, it was continued stirring for 8 h at 38°C. A sample of the reaction mixture showed full conversion of the ketone (HPLC). After that, 187 g 20 wt-%ige 20 wt-% NaCI solution was added at 30°C. After separation of the aqueous phase, the dimethylsulfide solution was concentrated by means of distillation of the solvent at a temperature of up to 90°C. 50.0 g, abou 82 wt-% (quant. HPLC) 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-methyl-oxirane were obtained; yield about 91 %.
C) Synthesis of triazoles
Example C1 : 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)propan- 2-ol (compound 1.3)
235.3 g (95.4 wt-%;0.683 mole) 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-methyl- oxirane were provided in 496 g DMF and heated to 60°C. Then, one after the other, 60.6 g (99 wt-%; 0.869 mole) of triazole and 13.4 g (0.335 mole) NaOH-powder were added under stirring. The reaction mixture was heated to 125 °C and then stirred for 4 h in total at this temperature. A HPLC-sample showed almost complete conversion to the desired product (ratio triazol-1 - yl/triazol-4-yl about 10:1 ). About 80% of the DMF was evaporated at 65°C/4mbar. To the con- centrated reaction mixture, 714 g toluol and 400 g water were added. Then, the aqueous phase was separated at 60°C. The toluol phase was washed again with 200 g water. The aqueous phase was separated and the toluol solution was concentrated at 70°C/50 mbar to a solution containing about 50% of the product. Precipitated solids were re-dissolved by heating to 80°C. The solution was cooled down from 80°C to 0°C with a rate of 5°K/h under stirring. The suspen- sion of solids was easily stirrable and was separated by suction filtration and washed 2 times with 2x100 g fresh and cold toluol. The solid compound was dried at 25°C / 50 mbar.
Yield: 456 g (98 wt-%; triazol-4-yl-lsomer: not detectable); 82% of the theory.
Melting point: 126 to 127°C
The thus obtained crystalline material was analyzed by means of DSC and by means of X-ray powder diffractometry (XRPD). The X-ray powder diffractogram is depicted in figure 1 . The reflections are summarized in table 1.
H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ/ppm =1 ,64 (s, 3H), 4,55 (s, OH), 4,44 (d, 1 H), 4,62 (d, 1 H), 6,92- 7,61 (m, 7H), 7,87 (s, 1 H), 8,02 (s, 1 H)
3C-NMR (125 MHz, CDC ): δ/ppm = 27,8 (q), 59,02 (t), 74,77 (s), 1 18,21 (d), 120,50 (d), 120,82 (d, 2C), ,123,95 (CF3), 128,96 (s), 129,54(s), 130,09 (d, 2C), 130,42 (d), 137,30 (s), 144,34 (d), 151 ,46 (d), 154,24 (s), 156,49 (s)
Single crystals of form A of compound 1.3 were obtained by evaporation from a solution of the title compound in acetonitrile at ambient temperature. Single crystal X-ray diffraction data were collected as described above and the crystallographic parameters were calculated therefrom. The thus calculated crystallographic parameters are summarized in table 2.
Example C2: 1 -[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -cyclopropyl-2-(1 ,2,4- triazol-1 -yl)ethanol
12.8 g (98 wt-%; 0.182 mole) triazole and 2.86 g (0.07 mole) NaOH powder were added to 217.5 of a 22.8 wt-% DMF-solution of 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2- cyclopropyl-oxirane (0.14 mole) at 25°C. After heating to 125 °C the reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for 10 h in total. A HPLC-sample showed almost complete conversion to the desired product (ratio triazol-1 -yl/triazol-4-yl about 7.3:1 ). About 90 % of the DMF was evaporated at 125°C/60mbar. To the concentrated reaction mixture, 140 g toluole and 86 g wa- ter were added at 40 °C. Then, the aqueous phase was separated at 80°C. The toluene solution was concentrated up to 86°C/40 mbar. About 133 g of destillate were obtained. The residue was cooled to 60°C and 25 g methanol were added. After cooling to 45°C, seed crystalls were added and the reaction mixture was held at 45°C for 30 min. Then, the mixture was cooled to 0 °C within 5 h and stirred for 12 h. The suspension of solids was easily stirrable and was sepa- rated by suction filtration and washed 1 time with 21 g methanol of a temperature of 0°C. The solid compound was dried at 55°C and 15 mbar.
Yield: 42.4 g (94.6 wt-%; about 3 wt-% MeOH; ratio triazole-1 -yl/triazole-4-yl about 39:1 ); 68% of the theory.
Melting point: 86 to 87°C
H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ/ppm = 0,28-0,42 (m, 4H), 1 ,38-1 ,43 (m, 1 H), 4,2-4,4 (s, breit, OH), 4,49 (d, 1 H), 4,76 (d, 1 H), 6,92-7,76 (m, 7H), 7,92 (s, 1 H), 8,0 (s, 1 H)
13C-NMR (125 MHz, CDCI3): δ/ppm = -0,12 (t), 1 ,61 (t), 18,91 (d), 58,78 (t), 75,09 (s), 1 18,14 (d), 120,34 (d), 120,9 (d, 2C), ,123,97 (CF3), 129,20 (s), 129,53(s), 130,08 (d, 2C), 130,92 (d), 137,06 (s), 144,18 (d), 151 ,84 (d), 154,24 (s), 156,44 (s)
Example C2a: crystallization of 1 -[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 - cyclopropyl-2-(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)ethanol
206.5 g of a toluene solution of 1 -[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -cyclopropyl- 2-(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 -yl)ethanol (41 ,8 wt-%; 0.204 mol) prepared as described in expample C2 were concentrated up to 60°C/10 mbar. The residue was cooled to 50°C and dissolved in mixture of 50 g ethanole and 9 g water. After cooling to 30°C, seed crystalls are added and the reaction mixture was held at 30°C for 60 min. Then, the mixture was cooled to 0 °C with a rate of 2,5°K/min 5 h and stirred for at 0°C for 4 days. The suspension of solids was easily stirrable and was separated by suction filtration and washed 1 time with 39 g ethanole of a temperature of 0°C. The solid compound was dried at 60°C/10 mbar.
76.4 g (93.7 wt-%; ratio triazole-1 -yl/triazole-4-yl about 44:1 ) colourless crystals cotaining ethanole in a molar ratio relative to the product of about 1/3 (detected by 1H-NMR spectroscopy) were obtained; 83% crystallization yield.
Melting point: 81.5°C
Example C3: 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-methyl-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 - yl)butan-2-ol (compound 1.5)
2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-isopropyl-oxirane (92.9 g, 76.9 wt-%, 0.217 mole) were dissolved in 180.6 g DMF. To this solution, 27.4 g (98 wt-%; 0.391 mole) triazole and 4.7 g (0.1 17 mole) NaOH powder were added at 25°C. After heating to 125 °C the reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for 22.5 h in total. A HPLC-sample showed still remain- ing oxirane and a ratio of the triazole products of 10.3:1 (triazole-1 -yl/triazole-4-yl). The addition of additional 0.3 eq triazole and stirring for another 2h at 125°C did not improve the conversion. About 79% of the DMF were evapoarted at up to 60°C/4mbar. 413 g toluole and 205 g water were added to the concentrated reaction mixture at 80°C. Then, the aqueous phase was separated at 55°C. The toluol solution was concentrated at up to 90°C/40 mbar until a residue of 108 g remained. 1 1 1 g methanol were added to the residue at 60°C. The solution obtained was cooled down to -1 °C with a rate of 5°C/h. Seed crystals were added at 45°C. The suspension of solids was easily stirrable and was separated by suction filtration and washed 1 time with 25 g of fresh and cold (0°C) methanol. The solid compound was dried at 55°C und 50 mbar.
Yield: 64.8 g (96.9 wt-%; ratio triazole-1 -yl/triazole-4-yl about 100:1 ); 73% of the theory. The crystals contained residual methanol as detected be 1H-NMR
Melting point: 1 14 to 1 15°C
H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ/ppm = 0,87 (d, 3H), 1 ,2 (d, 3H), 2,38 (m, 1 H), 4,3-4,65 (s, breit, OH), 4,58 (d, 1 H), 4,75 (d, 1 H), 6,85-7,54 (m, 7H), 7,7 (s, 1 H), 7,8 (s, 1 H)
3C-NMR (125 MHz, CDCI3): δ/ppm = 16,83 (q), 17,44 (q), 37,00 (d), 57,70 (t), 80,43 (s), 1 17,98 (d), 120,13 (d), 120,87 (d, 2C), ,123,75 (CF3), 129,54 (s), 130,10 (d, 2C), 130,20 (d), 130,82 (s), 136,65 (s), 143,83 (d), 151 ,69 (d), 154,20 (s), 156,06 (s)
Example C4: 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-methyl-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 - yl)butan-2-ol (compound 1.5)
Preparation of compound 1.5 was performed as described for experiment C.3, except that no seed crystals were added at 45°C during cooling of the solution of compound 1.5 in methanol. The thus obtained crystalline material was analyzed by means of DSC and by means of X-ray powder diffractometry (XRPD). The X-ray powder diffractogram is depicted in figure 2. The reflections are summarized in table 3.
Single crystals of form A of compound 1.5 were obtained by dissolving thus obtained compound 1.5 in 3-propanol and allowing heptane to diffuse into this solution at ambient temperature. Sin- gle crystal X-ray diffraction data were collected as described above and the crystallographic parameters were calculated therefrom. The thus calculated crystallographic parameters are summarized in table 4.
D) Comparison examples for the amount of base used:
The base and the triazole in the amounts detained in the table D below were added to a 20-25% solution of the respective oxirane II in DMF. At 125°C, the product of formula I was obtained. After evaporation of the major amount of DMF, the residue was partioned between toluole and water. The yield was determined after azeotropic drying and concentration by means of quantitative HPLC from the toluol solution.
Table D:
example 1 eq oxiraeq triazole eq base temp./durati yield of 1 - ne II on triazolyl
D1 R1=cyloprop 1 .3 NaOH/0,5 125°C/10h 82%
yi example 1 eq oxira- eq triazole eq base temp./durati yield of 1 - ne II on triazolyl
Figure imgf000067_0001
(R4)m=4-CI
D2 R1=CH3 1 .3 NaOH/1.3 125°C/6h 86%
Figure imgf000067_0002
(R4)m=4-CI
D3 R1=cyloprop 1 .3 NaOH/1.3 125°C/12h 75%
yi
(R3)n=2-CF3
(R4)m=4-CI
D4 R1=CH3 1 .3 KOH/0,3 125°C/5.5h 93%
Figure imgf000067_0003
(R4)m=4-CI
D5 R1=CH3 1 .3 NaOH/0,3 125°C/5h 91 %
(R3)n=2-CF3
(R )m=4-CI
D6 R1=CH3 1 .3 KOH/1.3 125°C/6h 89%
Figure imgf000067_0004
(R )m=4-CI
D7 R1=cyloprop 1 .3 KOH/1.3 125°C/16h 56%
yi
(R3)n=2-CF3
(R )m=4-CI
D8 R1=cyloprop 1 .3 KOH/0,3 125°C/12h 76%
yi
Figure imgf000067_0005
(R )m=4-CI
E1 ) Comparative Example
To 1 -[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]cyclopropyl-methanone (0.13 mol) dissolved in 55 g dimethylsulfide together with 42 g aqueous trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate (86 wt-%, prepared according top Example A1 ) at 22°C, 15.7 g NaOH pellets (98 wt-%) (0.385 mol) were added under vigorous stirring. This led to an increase in temperature of about 5 to 6°C.Then, stirring was continued for 20 h at 38°C. A sample of the reaction solution showed incomplete conversion of the keton (detection by means of HPLC). Then, 199 g 20 wt-% NaCI solution were added at 30°C. After separation of the aqueous phase, the dimethyl sulfide solution was concentrated by means of distillation of the solvent at a temperature of up to 90°C. 59.7 g (about 47 wt-% product, determined with quantitative HPLC) 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-methyl-oxirane were obtained; Yield: 66%
E2) Comparative Example:
Use of 50%ig aqueous KOH leads to incomplete conversion of reagents
To 1 -[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]cyclopropyl-methanone (0.13 mol), dis- solved in 55 g dimethylsulfide together with 42 g aqueous trimethylsulfonium-methylsulfate (86 wt-%, prepared according to Example A1 ) at 22°C, 15.743 g 50% aqueous KOH (0.385 mol) were added under vigorous stirring. This led to an increase in temperature of about 5 to
6°C.Then, stirring was continued for 32 h at 38°C. A sample of the reaction solution showed incomplete conversion of the keton (detection by means of HPLC). Then, 199 g 20 wt-% NaCI solution were added at 30°C. After separation of the aqueous phase, the dimethyl sulfide solution was concentrated by means of distillation of the solvent at a temperature of up to 90°C. 53.5 g (about 34.5 wt-% product, determined with quantitative HPLC) of 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)- 2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-methyl-oxirane were obtained. Yield: 44%.

Claims

Claims
A process for the preparation of the compounds of formula II
Figure imgf000069_0001
comprising the following step:
(i) reacting an oxo compound of the formula III
Figure imgf000069_0002
with trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate of the formula IV
Figure imgf000069_0003
in aqueous solution in the presence of potassium hydroxide (KOH), wherein 1 to 4 equivalents of water in relation to one equivalent of compound III are used,
wherein the variables R1, R3, R4, n and m are defined as follows:
R1 is selected from Ci-C6-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, C3-C8- cycloalkyl-Ci-C6-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-Ci-C4-alkyl, phenyl-C2-C4-alkenyl or phenyl- C2-C4-alkynyl;
wherein the aliphatic moieties of R1 are not further substituted or do carry one, two, three or up to the maximum possible number of identical or different groups R12a which independently are selected from:
R12a halogen, OH, CN, nitro, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-halocycloalkyl and Ci-C4-halogenalkoxy;
wherein the cycloalkyi and/or phenyl moieties of R1 are not further substituted or do carry one, two, three, four, five or up to the maximum number of identical or different groups R12b which independently are selected from:
R12b halogen, OH, CN, nitro, Ci-C4-alkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Ci-C4-halogenalkyl, Cs-Cs- cycloalkyl, C3-Cs-halocycloalkyl and Ci-C4-halogenalkoxy
R3 is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO2, OH, SH, Ci-C6-alkyl, C1-C6- alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyloxy, NH2, NH(Ci-C4-alkyl), N(Ci-C4-alkyl)2, NH(C3-C6-cycloalkyl), N(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)2,
S(0)P(Ci-C4-alkyl), C(=0)(Ci-C4-alkyl), C(=0)(OH), C(=0)(0-Ci-C4-alkyl), C(=0)(NH(Ci-C4-alkyl)), C(=0)(N(Ci-C4-alkyl)2), C(=0)(NH(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)) and C(=0)-(N(C3-C6-cycloalkyl)2); wherein p is 0, 1 or 2; and wherein each of R3 is unsubstituted or further substituted by one, two, three or four R3a; wherein
R3a is independently selected from halogen, CN , NO2, OH , Ci-C4-alkyl, C1-C4- haloalkyl, Cs-Cs-cycloalkyl, Cs-Cs-halocycloalkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy and C1-C4- haloalkoxy;
R4 is independently selected from the substituents as defined for R3, wherein said R4 are unsubstituted or further substituted by one, two, three or four R4a, wherein each R4a is independently selected from the substituents as defined for R3a;
n is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; and
m is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5.
The process of claim 1 , wherein more than 1 .5 equivalents to 4 equivalents of water in relation to one equivalent of compound III are used.
The process of any one of claims 1 to 2, wherein 1.3 to 1 .6 equivalents of the trimethyl- sulfonium methylsulfate IV per 1 equivalent of compound III are used.
The process of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein at least 3 equivalents of base per 1 equivalent of compound III are used.
The process of any of claims 1 to 4, wherein as reagent IV an aqueous solution of trime- thylsulfonium methylsulfate III containing 33 to 37 wt% of trimethylsulfonium kation is used.
The process of any of claims 1 to 5, further comprising the following step:
(ii) reacting the oxirane of the formula II resulting from step (i) with 1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole and an inorganic base, resulting in compounds of formula I
Figure imgf000070_0001
,wherein the variables R1 , R3, R4, n and m are defined in claim 1.
A process for the preparation of a triazole compound of the formula I
Figure imgf000070_0002
comprising the following step:
(iia) reacting an oxirane of the formula II as defined in claim 1 , with 1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole and an inorganic base, wherein less than 1 equivalent of said base is used per 1 equivalent of compound II, resulting in compounds of formula I, wherein the variables R1 , R3, R4, n and m are defined in claim 1.
8. The process of claim 6 or 7, wherein the product resulting from step (ii) or (iia), respectively, is crystallized from toluol and/or an aliphatic alcohol.
9. The process of claim 8, wherein the aliphatic alcohol is selected from methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, isobutanol or any mixture thereof.
10. The process of any one of claims 6 to 9, wherein the base used in step (ii) or (iia), respectively, is selected from NaOH, KOH, Na2C03 and K2C03.
1 1 . The process any one of claims 6 to 9, wherein the base used in step (ii) or (iia), respectively, is selected from NaOH and KOH.
12. The process of any one of claims 6 to 1 1 , wherein the amount of base used in step (ii) or (iia), respectively, is equal to or less than 0.6 equivalents per 1 equivalent of compound II.
13. An aqueous solution of trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate IV containing 33 to 37 wt% of trimethylsulfonium kation.
14. A use of the aqueous solution of trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate IV according to claim 13 for the synthesis of an oxirane from the respective oxo compound.
15. A crystalline form of 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1 -(1 ,2,4-triazol-1 - yl)propane-2-ol which, in an X-ray powder diffractogram at 25°C using Cu-Ka radiation, shows at least six of the fifteen following reflexes, given as 2Θ values: 9.16 ± 0.20, 13.95 ± 0.20, 15.35 ± 0.20, 16.04 ± 0.20, 16.51 ± 0.20, 17.17 ± 0.20, 18.26 ± 0.20, 18.89 ± 0.20, 20.59 ± 0.20, 21 .1 1 ± 0.20, 21.49 ± 0.20, 22.33 ± 0.20, 22.60 ± 0.20, 23.26 ± 0.20, 26.46 ± 0.20.
16. A crystalline form of 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-methyl-1 -(1 ,2,4- triazol-1 -yl)butane-2-ol which, in an X-ray powder diffractogram at 25°C using Cu-Ka radiation, shows at least six of the fourteen following reflexes, given as 2Θ values:
6.26 ± 0.20, 1 1 .68 ± 0.20, 12.52 ± 0.20, 13.64 ± 0.20, 14.69 ± 0.20, 18.84 ± 0.20, 19.36 ± 0.20, 20.44 ± 0.20, 21 .32 ± 0.20, 22.02 ± 0.20, 22.99 ± 0.20, 24.18 ± 0.20,
25.22 ± 0.20, 25.68 ± 0.20.
17. An agrochemical composition containing a crystalline form as claimed in any one of claims 15 or 16 and an auxiliary.
18. The use of the crystalline forms of claims 15 or 16 as a pesticide for controlling harmful fungi.
19. A method for controlling harmful fungi, which method comprises treating the fungi or the plants, the soil, seeds or non-living materials with a crystalline form of any of claims 15 or 16.
PCT/EP2013/077083 2013-01-09 2013-12-18 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles WO2014108286A1 (en)

Priority Applications (16)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
UAA201507805A UA118444C2 (en) 2013-01-09 2013-12-18 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles
US14/759,779 US9981931B2 (en) 2013-01-09 2013-12-18 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles
PL17155867T PL3219707T3 (en) 2013-01-09 2013-12-18 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles
CA2895256A CA2895256C (en) 2013-01-09 2013-12-18 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles
BR122019013926-1A BR122019013926B1 (en) 2013-01-09 2013-12-18 process for preparing a triazole compound of formula i
BR112015016446-3A BR112015016446B1 (en) 2013-01-09 2013-12-18 process for preparing compounds of formula ii, aqueous solution and use of aqueous solution
CN201380069851.5A CN104968651A (en) 2013-01-09 2013-12-18 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles
ES13814101T ES2742288T3 (en) 2013-01-09 2013-12-18 Process for the preparation of oxiranes and substituted triazoles
EP17155867.9A EP3219707B1 (en) 2013-01-09 2013-12-18 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles
EP13814101.5A EP2943476B1 (en) 2013-01-09 2013-12-18 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles
MX2015008927A MX2015008927A (en) 2013-01-09 2013-12-18 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles.
EA201500738A EA033780B1 (en) 2013-01-09 2013-12-18 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles
IL239455A IL239455B (en) 2013-01-09 2015-06-16 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles
US15/805,679 US10519122B2 (en) 2013-01-09 2017-11-07 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles
IL269259A IL269259B (en) 2013-01-09 2019-09-10 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles
US16/694,296 US10981883B2 (en) 2013-01-09 2019-11-25 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP13150663 2013-01-09
EP13150663.6 2013-01-09
EP13195331 2013-12-02
EP13195331.7 2013-12-02
EP13196978.4 2013-12-12
EP13196978 2013-12-12

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/759,779 A-371-Of-International US9981931B2 (en) 2013-01-09 2013-12-18 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles
US15/805,679 Continuation US10519122B2 (en) 2013-01-09 2017-11-07 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014108286A1 true WO2014108286A1 (en) 2014-07-17

Family

ID=49883084

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2013/077083 WO2014108286A1 (en) 2013-01-09 2013-12-18 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles

Country Status (15)

Country Link
US (3) US9981931B2 (en)
EP (2) EP2943476B1 (en)
CN (3) CN104968651A (en)
BR (2) BR112015016446B1 (en)
CA (1) CA2895256C (en)
DK (1) DK3219707T3 (en)
EA (1) EA033780B1 (en)
ES (2) ES2746932T3 (en)
HU (1) HUE045274T2 (en)
IL (2) IL239455B (en)
MX (1) MX2015008927A (en)
PL (1) PL3219707T3 (en)
UA (3) UA118444C2 (en)
UY (1) UY35262A (en)
WO (1) WO2014108286A1 (en)

Cited By (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015091045A1 (en) 2013-12-18 2015-06-25 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of substituted phenoxyphenyl ketones
US20160066570A1 (en) * 2014-09-08 2016-03-10 Upl Limited Novel Agrochemical Compositions
EP3036995A1 (en) 2014-12-22 2016-06-29 Basf Se Use of an enantioenriched triazole compound as fungicide
WO2017072166A1 (en) 2015-10-27 2017-05-04 Bayer Cropscience Aktiengesellschaft Active compound combinations comprising a (thio)carboxamide derivative and a fungicidal compound
WO2017102905A1 (en) 2015-12-18 2017-06-22 BASF Agro B.V. Method for producing 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1-(1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-2-ol
US9815798B2 (en) 2014-03-26 2017-11-14 Basf Se Substituted [1,2,4]triazole and imidazole compounds as fungicides
CN107709284A (en) * 2015-06-17 2018-02-16 巴斯夫农业公司 The method for preparing the phenyl ketone of substitution
US10053436B2 (en) 2014-07-08 2018-08-21 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles
US10053432B2 (en) 2013-12-12 2018-08-21 Basf Se Substituted [1,2,4]triazole and imidazole compounds
US10112913B2 (en) 2014-05-13 2018-10-30 Basf Se Substituted [1,2,4]triazole and imidazole compounds as fungicides
WO2018229027A1 (en) 2017-06-14 2018-12-20 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of substituted phenoxyphenyl alcohols
US10167297B2 (en) 2014-10-24 2019-01-01 Basf Se Substituted pyridine compounds having herbicidal activity
WO2019016115A1 (en) 2017-07-21 2019-01-24 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of substituted aryl ketones
US10344008B2 (en) 2015-05-08 2019-07-09 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of terpinolene epoxide
US10538470B2 (en) 2015-05-08 2020-01-21 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of limonene-4-ol
US10640477B2 (en) 2016-06-15 2020-05-05 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the epoxidation of a tetrasubstituted alkene
EP3670491A1 (en) 2018-12-18 2020-06-24 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of 4-nitro-2-trifluoromethyl-acetophenone
EP3670492A1 (en) 2018-12-18 2020-06-24 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of 4-nitro-2-(trifluoromethyl)-1-(1-nitroethyl)-benzene
EP3670487A1 (en) 2018-12-18 2020-06-24 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of substituted phenoxyphenyl ketones
EP3670501A1 (en) 2018-12-17 2020-06-24 Basf Se Substituted [1,2,4]triazole compounds as fungicides
EP3696165A1 (en) 2019-02-14 2020-08-19 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of 4-halophenoxy-2-trifluoromethyl benzonitrile
EP3696164A1 (en) 2019-02-14 2020-08-19 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of 4-nitro-2-(trifluoromethyl)-benzonitrile
EP3696159A1 (en) 2019-02-14 2020-08-19 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of substituted phenoxyphenyl ketones
US11072593B2 (en) 2016-06-15 2021-07-27 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the epoxidation of a tetrasubstituted alkene
WO2022038098A1 (en) 2020-08-19 2022-02-24 Arxada Ag Process for the preparation of phenyl ketones
WO2022177016A1 (en) * 2021-02-22 2022-08-25 株式会社クレハ Method for manufacturing azole derivative
WO2023247239A1 (en) 2022-06-20 2023-12-28 BASF Agro B.V. Method for producing 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1-(1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-2-ol

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104968651A (en) * 2013-01-09 2015-10-07 巴斯夫农业公司 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0113640A2 (en) * 1982-12-14 1984-07-18 Ciba-Geigy Ag 1-Azolyl-2-aryl-3-fluoralkan-2-ols as microbicides
DE3733755A1 (en) * 1987-10-06 1989-04-20 Bayer Ag Process for the preparation of 2-(4-chlorophenylethyl)-2-tert-butyloxirane
WO2002085891A1 (en) * 2001-04-23 2002-10-31 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation 2,6-substituted chroman derivatives useful as beta-3 adrenoreceptor agonists

Family Cites Families (110)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2325878A1 (en) 1973-05-22 1974-12-12 Kalk Chemische Fabrik Gmbh Trifluoromethyl-phenyl aryl ethers - useful as heat-transfer fluids, lubricant fluids, dielectrics, and intermediates for pharmaceuticals
GB1543964A (en) 1976-04-08 1979-04-11 Ici Ltd Method of antagonising herbicides on soyabean and cotton
DE2725314A1 (en) 1977-06-04 1978-12-14 Bayer Ag 1- (2-PHENYLAETHYL) TRIAZOLIUM SALTS, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND THEIR USE AS FUNGICIDES
CH647513A5 (en) 1979-11-13 1985-01-31 Sandoz Ag TRIAZOLE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PRODUCTION AND USE.
JPS5764632A (en) 1980-10-09 1982-04-19 Mitsui Toatsu Chem Inc Novel 2-arylethyl ether derivative and thioether derivative, their production and insecticide and acaricide
DE3140276A1 (en) 1981-10-10 1983-04-28 Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen PHENOXYPHENYL-AZOLYLMETHYL-KETONE AND CARBINOLS, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND THEIR USE AS FUNGICIDES AND AS INTERMEDIATE PRODUCTS
PH19709A (en) 1982-11-23 1986-06-16 Ciba Geigy Ag Microbicidal 1-carbonyl-1-phenoxyphenyl-2-azolylethanol derivatives
DE3484968D1 (en) 1983-05-19 1991-10-02 Ciba Geigy Ag METHOD FOR PRODUCING 1-TRIAZOLYL ETHYL ETHER DERIVATIVES, AND NEW 1-TRIAZOLYL PHENOXYPHENYL ETHYL ETHER DERIVATIVES CONTAINING MICROBICIDAL AGENTS AS ACTIVE SUBSTANCES AND THE USE THEREOF.
DE3801233A1 (en) 1987-01-21 1988-08-04 Ciba Geigy Ag Microbicide
DE3860278D1 (en) 1987-01-21 1990-08-09 Ciba Geigy Ag MICROBICIDAL AGENT.
DE58903329D1 (en) 1988-08-04 1993-03-04 Ciba Geigy Ag MICROBICIDAL AGENTS.
ES2054087T3 (en) 1988-08-04 1994-08-01 Ciba Geigy Ag MICROBICIDE PRODUCTS.
US4940720A (en) 1989-08-02 1990-07-10 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Microbicidal compositions
DE4003180A1 (en) 1990-02-03 1991-08-08 Bayer Ag Halo-allyl-azolyl derivs. - are microbicide(s) for protecting plants and materials from fungal and bacterial attack
EP0470466A3 (en) 1990-08-09 1992-07-29 Bayer Ag Halogenalkyl-azolyl derivatives
DE4025204A1 (en) 1990-08-09 1992-02-13 Bayer Ag HALOGENALKYL-AZOLYL DERIVATIVES
WO1996015866A1 (en) 1994-11-21 1996-05-30 Pechiney Recherche (G.I.E.) Ceramic core for investment casting and method for preparation of the same
DE69616122T2 (en) 1995-03-29 2002-07-04 Sumika Fine Chemical Co. Ltd., Osaka Process for the preparation of (R) -styrene oxides
DE19521487A1 (en) 1995-06-13 1996-12-19 Bayer Ag Mercapto-triazolyl-dioxacycloalkanes
US5959636A (en) 1996-02-23 1999-09-28 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for performing saturation instructions using saturation limit values
US6963012B2 (en) 2001-09-27 2005-11-08 Kyorin Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Diaryl ether derivative, addition salt thereof, and immunosuppressant
US20030166476A1 (en) 2002-01-31 2003-09-04 Winemiller Mark D. Lubricating oil compositions with improved friction properties
JP2008502636A (en) 2004-06-18 2008-01-31 ビーエーエスエフ　アクチェンゲゼルシャフト N- (Ortho-phenyl) -1-methyl-3-difluoromethylpyrazole-4-carboxyanilide and their use as fungicides
DE502005009089D1 (en) 2004-06-18 2010-04-08 Basf Se 1-METHYL-3-TRIFLUOROMETHYL-PYRAZOLE-4-CARBOXYLIC ACID (ORTHO-PHENYL) -ANILIDES AND THEIR USE AS FUNGICIDES
GB0418048D0 (en) 2004-08-12 2004-09-15 Syngenta Participations Ag Method for protecting useful plants or plant propagation material
EP1859283A1 (en) 2005-02-17 2007-11-28 F. Hoffmann-Roche AG Use of nt-proanp/nt-probnp ratio for diagnosing cardiac dysfunctions
US7812045B2 (en) 2005-03-30 2010-10-12 Daewoong Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Antifungal triazole derivatives
US20090143482A1 (en) 2005-05-07 2009-06-04 Stefan Schnatterer Pesticidal Substituted Phenylethers
DE602005001206T2 (en) 2005-09-16 2008-01-24 Syngenta Participations Ag Fungicidal compositions
WO2007045572A1 (en) 2005-10-19 2007-04-26 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag N-phenyl phenylacetamide non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inihibitors
EP1991054A4 (en) 2005-11-10 2012-04-25 Univ Minnesota Systemic plant conditioning composition
CA115992S (en) 2005-12-05 2007-06-20 Tag Heuer Sa Glasses
DE102006015467A1 (en) 2006-03-31 2007-10-04 Bayer Cropscience Ag New cyclic enamine ketone derivatives useful for controlling pests, especially insects
KR20080062876A (en) 2006-12-29 2008-07-03 주식회사 대웅제약 Novel antifungal triazole derivatives
CN101225074A (en) 2007-01-18 2008-07-23 青岛科技大学 Synthesis of compound containing aryl ether triazole
TWI428091B (en) 2007-10-23 2014-03-01 Du Pont Fungicidal mixtures
EP2283020B8 (en) 2008-05-19 2012-12-12 OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC Substituted imidazopyr-and imidazotri-azines
WO2010034737A1 (en) 2008-09-24 2010-04-01 Basf Se Pyrazole compounds for controlling invertebrate pests
US20120040977A1 (en) 2009-02-23 2012-02-16 Presidio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of hcv ns5a
TWI508962B (en) 2009-04-22 2015-11-21 Du Pont Solid forms of an azocyclic amide
CN101565406B (en) * 2009-04-29 2010-11-10 江苏七洲绿色化工股份有限公司 Preparation process for cyproconazole
KR20120062679A (en) 2009-06-18 2012-06-14 바스프 에스이 Triazole compounds carrying a sulfur substituent
ES2609803T3 (en) 2010-02-12 2017-04-24 Daewoong Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd New antifungal triazole derivatives
EP2616486B1 (en) 2010-09-15 2019-01-02 Stichting Sanquin Bloedvoorziening Factor viii variants having a decreased cellular uptake
US8871928B2 (en) 2010-09-20 2014-10-28 Glaxo Group Limited Tricyclic compounds, preparation methods, and their uses
EA201300731A1 (en) 2010-12-20 2014-01-30 Басф Се PESTICIDALLY ACTIVE MIXTURES THAT CONTAIN PYRAZOL COMPOUNDS
BR112013016362A2 (en) 2010-12-27 2018-06-19 Sumitomo Chemical Co arthropod pest control composition and method for arthropod pest control
TWI528899B (en) 2010-12-29 2016-04-11 杜邦股份有限公司 Mesoionic pesticides
BR112013024708B1 (en) 2011-04-21 2018-10-09 Basf Se pyrazole compounds, compositions, methods for combating or controlling invertebrate pests and for protecting growing plants, process for protecting seeds and use of compounds
PE20140826A1 (en) 2011-07-13 2014-07-09 Basf Se 2- [2-HALOGENALKYL-4- (PHENOXY) -PHENYL] -1- [1,2,4] TRIAZOL-1-IL-ETHANOL SUBSTITUTE COMPOUNDS
CN103648281B (en) 2011-07-15 2016-05-25 巴斯夫欧洲公司 The chloro-4-of 2-[2-(4-chlorophenoxy) phenyl that antifungal alkyl replaces]-1-[1,2,4] triazol-1-yl alcohol cpd
WO2013010885A1 (en) 2011-07-15 2013-01-24 Basf Se Fungicidal alkyl- and aryl-substituted 2-[2-chloro-4-(dihalo-phenoxy)-phenyl]-1-[1,2,4]triazol-1-yl-ethanol compounds
EP2731936A1 (en) 2011-07-15 2014-05-21 Basf Se Fungicidal phenylalkyl-substituted 2-[2-chloro-4-(4-chloro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-1-[1,2,4]triazol-1-yl-ethanol compounds
JP2014525407A (en) 2011-08-15 2014-09-29 ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピア Bactericidal substituted 1- {2- [2-halo-4- (4-halogen-phenoxy) -phenyl] -2-alkoxy-2-alkynyl / alkenyl-ethyl} -1H- [1,2,4] triazole compounds
CN103717579B (en) 2011-08-15 2016-10-12 巴斯夫欧洲公司 Substituted 1-{2-[2-halo-4-(4-halogenated phenoxy) the phenyl]-2-alkoxyl-2-ring group ethyl of antifungal }-1H-[1,2,4] triazole compounds
US20140187423A1 (en) 2011-08-15 2014-07-03 Basf Se Fungicidal substituted 1--1H-[1,2,4]triazole compounds
US9247746B2 (en) 2011-08-15 2016-02-02 Basf Se Fungicidal substituted 1-{2-cyclyloxy-2-[2-halo-4-(4-halogen-phenoxy)-phenyl]-ethyl}-1H-[1,2,4]triazole compounds
MX2014000824A (en) 2011-08-15 2014-02-27 Basf Se Fungicidal substituted 1-{2-[2-halo-4-(4-halogen-phenoxy)-phenyl] -2-alkoxy-3-methyl-butyl}-1h-[1,2,4]triazole compounds.
EP2559688A1 (en) 2011-08-15 2013-02-20 Basf Se Fungicidal substituted 1-{2-[2-halo-4-(4-halogen-phenoxy)-phenyl]-2-butoxy-ethyl}-1h [1,2,4]triazole compounds
UY34257A (en) 2011-08-15 2013-02-28 Basf Se FUNGICIDE COMPOUNDS OF 1- {2- [2-HALO-4- (4-HALOGEN-Phenoxy) -Phenyl] -2-ALQUINYLOXY-ETIL} -1H- [1,2,4] SUBSTITUTED TRIAZOL
JP2014524430A (en) 2011-08-15 2014-09-22 ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピア Bactericidal substituted 1- {2- [2-halo-4- (4-halogen-phenoxy) -phenyl] -2-ethoxy-ethyl} -1H- [1,2,4] triazole compound
US9483544B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2016-11-01 Crimson Hexagon, Inc. Systems and methods for calculating category proportions
BR122019015137B1 (en) 2012-06-20 2020-04-07 Basf Se pesticide mixture, composition, agricultural composition, methods for combating or controlling invertebrate pests, for the protection of growing plants or plant propagation material, for the protection of plant propagation material, use of a pesticide mixture and methods for combating harmful phytopathogenic fungi and to protect plants from harmful phytopathogenic fungi
US20150250173A1 (en) 2012-10-01 2015-09-10 Basf Se Pesticidally active mixtures comprising anthranilamide compounds
WO2014079770A1 (en) 2012-11-22 2014-05-30 Basf Se Pesticidal mixtures
AU2013349839B2 (en) 2012-11-22 2017-03-30 Basf Corporation Pesticidal mixtures
WO2014079771A1 (en) 2012-11-22 2014-05-30 Basf Se Pesticidal mixtures
WO2014079766A1 (en) 2012-11-22 2014-05-30 Basf Se Pesticidal mixtures
WO2014079719A1 (en) 2012-11-22 2014-05-30 Basf Se Pesticidal mixtures
WO2014079804A1 (en) 2012-11-22 2014-05-30 Basf Se Pesticidal mixtures
EP2922395B1 (en) 2012-11-22 2019-06-05 BASF Corporation Pesticidal mixtures
US20150313241A1 (en) 2012-11-22 2015-11-05 Basf Corporation Pesticidal Mixtures
WO2014079774A1 (en) 2012-11-22 2014-05-30 Basf Se Pesticidal mixtures
WO2014079841A1 (en) 2012-11-22 2014-05-30 Basf Se Pesticidal mixtures
WO2014079772A1 (en) 2012-11-22 2014-05-30 Basf Se Pesticidal mixtures
WO2014079724A1 (en) 2012-11-22 2014-05-30 Basf Se Pesticidal mixtures
WO2014079728A1 (en) 2012-11-22 2014-05-30 Basf Se Pesticidal mixtures
WO2014079813A1 (en) 2012-11-23 2014-05-30 Basf Se Pesticidal mixtures
WO2014079769A1 (en) 2012-11-23 2014-05-30 Basf Se Pesticidal mixtures
WO2014079752A1 (en) 2012-11-23 2014-05-30 Basf Se Pesticidal mixtures
WO2014079754A1 (en) 2012-11-23 2014-05-30 Basf Se Pesticidal mixtures
WO2014079730A1 (en) 2012-11-23 2014-05-30 Basf Se Pesticidal mixtures
CN104936450A (en) 2012-12-20 2015-09-23 巴斯夫欧洲公司 Compositions comprising triazole compound
BR112015014753B8 (en) 2012-12-20 2020-03-03 Basf Agro Bv compositions, use of a composition, method for combating phytopathogenic fungi and use of the components
CN104968651A (en) * 2013-01-09 2015-10-07 巴斯夫农业公司 Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles
PL3019013T3 (en) 2013-07-08 2021-10-25 BASF Agro B.V. Compositions comprising a triazole compound and a biopesticide
KR102053258B1 (en) 2013-07-16 2019-12-06 엘지이노텍 주식회사 Touch window
EP2835052A1 (en) 2013-08-07 2015-02-11 Basf Se Fungicidal mixtures comprising pyrimidine fungicides
WO2015055497A1 (en) 2013-10-16 2015-04-23 Basf Se Substituted pesticidal pyrazole compounds
FR3014108B1 (en) 2013-12-04 2017-02-24 Rawya Lotfy Mansour DEVICE FOR PRODUCING GREEN CHARCOAL FOR AGRICULTURAL USE
CN105939602B (en) 2014-01-30 2020-01-14 巴斯夫欧洲公司 Asymmetric formals and acetals as adjuvants in crop protection
US20150248203A1 (en) 2014-03-03 2015-09-03 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Portable business logic with branching and gating
EP3116314B1 (en) 2014-03-12 2021-04-14 Basf Se Carbonates of alcohol alkoxylates as adjuvants for crop protection
WO2015169711A1 (en) 2014-05-06 2015-11-12 Basf Se Composition comprising a pesticide and a hydroxyalkyl polyoxylene glycol ether
WO2015189080A1 (en) 2014-06-12 2015-12-17 Basf Se Pesticidally active mixtures
EP3269245B1 (en) 2014-06-25 2023-08-16 BASF Agro B.V. Pesticidal compositions
DK3166932T3 (en) * 2014-07-08 2018-10-01 Basf Agro Bv PROCEDURE FOR PREPARING SUBSTITUTED OXIRANES AND TRIAZOLES
PL3169157T3 (en) 2014-07-14 2022-01-31 Basf Se Pesticidal compositions
US20170213908A1 (en) 2014-07-25 2017-07-27 United Silicon Carbide, Inc. Self-aligned shielded-gate trench mos-controlled silicon carbide switch with reduced miller capacitance and method of manufacturing the same
GB201418817D0 (en) 2014-10-22 2014-12-03 British American Tobacco Co Apparatus and method for generating an inhalable medium, and a cartridge for use therewith
WO2016079043A1 (en) 2014-11-18 2016-05-26 BASF Agro B.V. Pesticidal compositions comprising a triazole compound
WO2016078995A1 (en) 2014-11-21 2016-05-26 BASF Agro B.V. Pesticidal compositions
WO2016128240A1 (en) 2015-02-11 2016-08-18 Basf Se Pesticidal mixture comprising a pyrazole compound and two fungicides
US10701937B2 (en) 2015-02-11 2020-07-07 Basf Se Pesticidal mixture comprising a pyrazole compound, an insecticide and a fungicide
WO2016128239A1 (en) 2015-02-11 2016-08-18 Basf Se Pesticidal mixture comprising a pyrazole compound and a biopesticide
JP6666896B2 (en) 2015-02-26 2020-03-18 ダウ・東レ株式会社 Primer composition, bonding method, and electric / electronic component
MX2017011682A (en) 2015-03-11 2018-02-09 Basf Agrochemical Products Bv Pesticidal mixture comprising a carboxamide compound and a biopesticide.
UA121677C2 (en) 2015-07-02 2020-07-10 Басф Агро Б.В. Pesticidal compositions comprising a triazole compound
KR102679834B1 (en) 2017-01-26 2024-07-01 엘지전자 주식회사 Dishwasher
EP3470466A1 (en) 2017-10-13 2019-04-17 LANXESS Deutschland GmbH New methine dyes

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0113640A2 (en) * 1982-12-14 1984-07-18 Ciba-Geigy Ag 1-Azolyl-2-aryl-3-fluoralkan-2-ols as microbicides
DE3733755A1 (en) * 1987-10-06 1989-04-20 Bayer Ag Process for the preparation of 2-(4-chlorophenylethyl)-2-tert-butyloxirane
WO2002085891A1 (en) * 2001-04-23 2002-10-31 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation 2,6-substituted chroman derivatives useful as beta-3 adrenoreceptor agonists

Non-Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
A. A. AFONKIN, M. L. KOSTRIKIN, A. E. SHUMEIKO, A. F. POPOV: "Synthesis of some electron-rich aryl(hetaryl)oxiranes under phase-transfer and homogeneous conditions", RUSSIAN JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, vol. 44, no. 12, 2008, pages 1776 - 1779, XP002701516 *
A. V. KUZENKOV: "Synthesis of substituted 2-azolyl-1-pyridylethan--1-ols", CHEMISTRY OF HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS, vol. 39, no. 11, 2003, pages 1492 - 1495, XP002701518 *
BRIDGET D. BRANDES, ERIC N. JACOBSEN: "Synthesis of enantiopure 3-chlorostyrene oxide via an asymmetric epoxidation-hydrolytic kinetic resolution sequence", TETRAHEDRON: ASYMMETRY, vol. 8, no. 23, 1997, pages 3927 - 3933, XP002701519 *
GUAN-PING YU, LIANG-ZHONG XU, XU YI, WEN-ZHAO BI, QI ZHU, ZHI-WEI ZHAI: "Synthesis and fungicidal evaluation of 2-arylphenyl ether-3-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-2-ol derivatives", J. AGRIC. FOOD CHEM., vol. 2009, no. 57, 7 May 2009 (2009-05-07), pages 4854 - 4860, XP002701515 *
JULIE FORRESTER, RAY V. H. JONES, PETER N. PRESTON, ELIZABETH S. C. SIMPSON: "Generation of trimethylsulfonium cation from dimethyl sulfoxide and dimethyl sulfate: implications for the synthesis of epoxides from aldehydes and ketones", J. CHEM. SOC. PERKIN TRANS. 1, vol. 1995, 1995, pages 2289 - 2291, XP002701517 *
PAUL MOSSET, RENE GREE: "Trimethylsulfonium methylsulfate, a simple and efficient epoxidizing agent", SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS: AN INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL FOR RAPID COMMUNICATION OF SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, TAYLOR & FRANCIS INC, PHILADELPHIA, PA; US, vol. 15, no. 8, 1 January 1985 (1985-01-01), pages 749 - 758, XP009168562, ISSN: 0039-7911 *

Cited By (37)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10053432B2 (en) 2013-12-12 2018-08-21 Basf Se Substituted [1,2,4]triazole and imidazole compounds
US10093634B2 (en) 2013-12-18 2018-10-09 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of substituted phenoxyphenyl ketones
WO2015091045A1 (en) 2013-12-18 2015-06-25 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of substituted phenoxyphenyl ketones
US9815798B2 (en) 2014-03-26 2017-11-14 Basf Se Substituted [1,2,4]triazole and imidazole compounds as fungicides
US10112913B2 (en) 2014-05-13 2018-10-30 Basf Se Substituted [1,2,4]triazole and imidazole compounds as fungicides
US10053436B2 (en) 2014-07-08 2018-08-21 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles
US20160066570A1 (en) * 2014-09-08 2016-03-10 Upl Limited Novel Agrochemical Compositions
US9661846B2 (en) * 2014-09-08 2017-05-30 Upl Limited Agrochemical compositions
US10167297B2 (en) 2014-10-24 2019-01-01 Basf Se Substituted pyridine compounds having herbicidal activity
EP3036995A1 (en) 2014-12-22 2016-06-29 Basf Se Use of an enantioenriched triazole compound as fungicide
US10538470B2 (en) 2015-05-08 2020-01-21 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of limonene-4-ol
US10344008B2 (en) 2015-05-08 2019-07-09 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of terpinolene epoxide
CN107709284A (en) * 2015-06-17 2018-02-16 巴斯夫农业公司 The method for preparing the phenyl ketone of substitution
US10118882B2 (en) 2015-06-17 2018-11-06 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of substituted phenyl ketones
CN107709284B (en) * 2015-06-17 2021-11-23 巴斯夫农业公司 Process for preparing substituted phenyl ketones
WO2017072166A1 (en) 2015-10-27 2017-05-04 Bayer Cropscience Aktiengesellschaft Active compound combinations comprising a (thio)carboxamide derivative and a fungicidal compound
EA036139B1 (en) * 2015-12-18 2020-10-02 Басф Агро Б.В. Method for producing 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1-(1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-2-ol
KR102642072B1 (en) 2015-12-18 2024-02-28 바스프 아그로 비.브이. Method for producing 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1-(1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-2-ol
WO2017102905A1 (en) 2015-12-18 2017-06-22 BASF Agro B.V. Method for producing 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1-(1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-2-ol
US11168060B2 (en) 2015-12-18 2021-11-09 BASF Agro B.V. Method for producing 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1-(1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-2-ol
KR20180094983A (en) * 2015-12-18 2018-08-24 바스프 아그로 비.브이. Preparation of 2- [4- (4-chlorophenoxy) -2- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl] -1- (1,2,4-triazol-1-yl) propan-
US11072593B2 (en) 2016-06-15 2021-07-27 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the epoxidation of a tetrasubstituted alkene
US10640477B2 (en) 2016-06-15 2020-05-05 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the epoxidation of a tetrasubstituted alkene
US10882810B2 (en) 2017-06-14 2021-01-05 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of substituted phenoxyphenyl alcohols
WO2018229027A1 (en) 2017-06-14 2018-12-20 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of substituted phenoxyphenyl alcohols
WO2019016115A1 (en) 2017-07-21 2019-01-24 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of substituted aryl ketones
EP3670501A1 (en) 2018-12-17 2020-06-24 Basf Se Substituted [1,2,4]triazole compounds as fungicides
EP3670492A1 (en) 2018-12-18 2020-06-24 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of 4-nitro-2-(trifluoromethyl)-1-(1-nitroethyl)-benzene
EP3670491A1 (en) 2018-12-18 2020-06-24 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of 4-nitro-2-trifluoromethyl-acetophenone
EP3670487A1 (en) 2018-12-18 2020-06-24 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of substituted phenoxyphenyl ketones
EP3696159A1 (en) 2019-02-14 2020-08-19 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of substituted phenoxyphenyl ketones
EP3696164A1 (en) 2019-02-14 2020-08-19 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of 4-nitro-2-(trifluoromethyl)-benzonitrile
EP3696165A1 (en) 2019-02-14 2020-08-19 BASF Agro B.V. Process for the preparation of 4-halophenoxy-2-trifluoromethyl benzonitrile
WO2022038098A1 (en) 2020-08-19 2022-02-24 Arxada Ag Process for the preparation of phenyl ketones
WO2022177016A1 (en) * 2021-02-22 2022-08-25 株式会社クレハ Method for manufacturing azole derivative
JP7515684B2 (en) 2021-02-22 2024-07-12 株式会社クレハ Method for producing azole derivatives
WO2023247239A1 (en) 2022-06-20 2023-12-28 BASF Agro B.V. Method for producing 2-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1-(1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propan-2-ol

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
BR112015016446A2 (en) 2017-07-11
BR122019013926B1 (en) 2019-10-29
ES2742288T3 (en) 2020-02-13
IL269259B (en) 2021-03-25
CA2895256C (en) 2021-06-01
US20200095215A1 (en) 2020-03-26
US9981931B2 (en) 2018-05-29
EP3219707A2 (en) 2017-09-20
US10519122B2 (en) 2019-12-31
ES2746932T3 (en) 2020-03-09
US10981883B2 (en) 2021-04-20
US20160002189A1 (en) 2016-01-07
BR112015016446B1 (en) 2019-10-29
EP2943476A1 (en) 2015-11-18
IL239455B (en) 2020-04-30
CN104968651A (en) 2015-10-07
EP3219707B1 (en) 2019-06-26
PL3219707T3 (en) 2020-01-31
DK3219707T3 (en) 2019-09-23
US20180118701A1 (en) 2018-05-03
CA2895256A1 (en) 2014-07-17
UA122520C2 (en) 2020-11-25
IL239455A0 (en) 2015-07-30
EP2943476B1 (en) 2019-05-15
CN107488154B (en) 2021-04-27
EA033780B1 (en) 2019-11-25
UA122519C2 (en) 2020-11-25
CN109503519A (en) 2019-03-22
EA201500738A1 (en) 2016-01-29
MX2015008927A (en) 2016-04-04
UY35262A (en) 2014-07-31
IL269259A (en) 2019-11-28
EP3219707A3 (en) 2017-10-25
HUE045274T2 (en) 2019-12-30
UA118444C2 (en) 2019-01-25
CN107488154A (en) 2017-12-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10981883B2 (en) Process for the preparation of substituted oxiranes and triazoles
DK3166932T3 (en) PROCEDURE FOR PREPARING SUBSTITUTED OXIRANES AND TRIAZOLES
EA026594B1 (en) Herbicidal azines
HU186884B (en) Fungicide compositions with activity of controlling growth of plants containing azole compounds as active agents, and process for producing the active agents
CA1198438A (en) Mandelic acid derivatives and mandelonitriles, processes for producing them, and their use for combating microorganisms
JPS59106467A (en) 1-carbonyl-1-phenyl-2-azolylethanol derivative, manufacture and fungicidal and plant growth regulating agent
EP0282303B1 (en) 1,5-diphenyl-1h-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxamide derivatives and herbicidal composition containing the same
US4384879A (en) 4-(1H-Azolylmethyl)-1,3-dioxolan-5-one derivatives, production thereof and use thereof as growth regulators and/or microbicides
EP0282669B1 (en) Herbicidal 1,5-diphenyl-1h-1, 2,4-triazole-3-carboxamide derivatives
GB2103210A (en) Microbiodical and growth regulating substituted 2-hydroxy-3- azolyl-propane derivatives
US4517194A (en) Azolylmandelic acid derivatives and use thereof for controlling microorganisms
US4897106A (en) Derivative of 4,5-dihydro-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxamide, and herbicidal composition containing the derivative
JPS59130875A (en) Substituted fluoroazolylpropane derivative, manufacture, fungicide and plant growth regulant
EP0284422B1 (en) 4,5-dihydro-1h-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxamide derivatives and herbicidal composition containing the same
JPH0649041A (en) Carbamoyltriazole derivative, herbicide with the same as active ingredient and production of the same derivative
GB2041927A (en) Enantiomers of triazole compounds
US5162583A (en) Benzylether derivatives
CN1101347A (en) Process for the manufacture of phenoxyphenoxyalkyl derivatives
JP2006131518A (en) Azine derivative, agricultural/horticultural bactericide and method for producing the same
CS241472B2 (en) Fungicide,herbicide or plant growth influencing preparation

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13814101

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2013814101

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2895256

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 239455

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14759779

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2015/008927

Country of ref document: MX

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112015016446

Country of ref document: BR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201500738

Country of ref document: EA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112015016446

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20150708